SEC Form 10-K Filing Report

Company: PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
CIK: 713676
SIC Code: 6021
Filing Date: 2016-02-29 00:00:00
Market Capitalization: 40744846.32659912

---

ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Item 1 of this Report.
Risk is managed across three lines of defense:
Business Front Line Units (BFLU) - As the first line of defense, business front line units are accountable for identifying, owning and managing risks to within acceptable levels while adhering to the risk management framework established by Independent Risk Management. Our businesses strive to enhance risk management and internal control processes. Integrated and comprehensive processes are designed to adequately identify, measure, manage, monitor and report risks which may significantly impact each business.
Independent Risk Management (IRM) - As the second line of defense, IRM oversees risk management and establishes standards at the enterprise level to support business management in meeting their responsibilities for managing risk. IRM is independent from BFLUs and is responsible for identifying, measuring, monitoring and controlling aggregate risks.
Internal Audit - As the third line of defense, Internal Audit is independent from BFLUs and IRM and develops a risk based audit program to provide assurance on the management of risk throughout the organization. This includes auditing business processes across the organization and reporting on the effectiveness of controls, as well as auditing the risk management policy and infrastructure implemented by IRM.
Within the three lines of defense, the risk organization has sufficient authority to influence material decisions. The Board oversees enterprise risk management of PNC for any material changes to the risk profile and periodically reviews core elements of enterprise risk including the Risk Appetite Statement, Risk Capacity, Appetite and Strategy, and Risk Controls and Limits.
We use our governance structure to assess the effectiveness of our risk management practices on an ongoing basis, based on how we manage our day-to-day business activities and on our development and execution of more specific strategies to mitigate risks. Specific responsibilities include:
Board of Directors - The Board oversees enterprise risk management. The Risk Committee of the Board of Directors evaluates PNC’s risk appetite, management’s assessment of the enterprise risk profile, and the enterprise-wide risk structure and processes established by management to identify, measure, monitor, and manage risk. The Audit Committee of the Board also has responsibility for select areas of risk (e.g., Financial Reporting, Ethics and Internal Controls over Financial Reporting).
Corporate Committees - The corporate committees are responsible for overseeing risk standards and strategies, recommending risk limits, policies and metrics, monitoring risk exposures, reviewing risk profiles and key risk issues, and approving significant transactions and initiatives. At the management level, PNC has established several senior management-level committees to facilitate the review, evaluation, and management of risk. The management-level Executive Committee (EC) is the corporate committee that is responsible for developing enterprise-wide strategy and achieving PNC’s strategic objectives. The EC evaluates risk management, in part, by monitoring risk reporting from the other corporate committees, which are the supporting committees for EC.
Working Committees - The working committees are generally subcommittees of the corporate committees and include risk management committees for each of PNC’s major businesses or functions. Working committees are intended to define, design and develop the risk management framework, including risk appetite, at the business or function level. The working committees help to implement key enterprise-level activities within a business or function. These committees recommend risk management policies for the business or function that are consistent with the enterprise-wide risk management objectives and policies. The business level committees are also responsible for approving significant initiatives under a certain threshold.
Policies and Procedures - PNC has established risk management policies and procedures to provide direction, guidance, and clarity on roles and responsibilities to management and the Board of Directors. These policies and procedures are organized in a multi-tiered framework and require periodic review and approval by relevant committees within the governance structure.
70 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Risk Identification and Quantification
Risk identification takes place across a variety of risk types throughout the organization. These risk types consist of, but are not limited to, credit, operational, compliance, market, liquidity and model. Risks are identified based on a balanced use of analytical tools and management judgment for both on- and off-balance sheet exposures. Our governance structure supports risk identification by facilitating assessment of key risk issues, emerging risks, and idiosyncratic risks and implementation of mitigation strategies as appropriate. These risks are prioritized based on quantitative and qualitative analysis and assessed against the risk appetite. Multiple tools and approaches are used to help identify and prioritize risks, including Risk Appetite Metrics, Key Risk Indicators (KRIs), Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), Risk Control and Self-Assessments (RCSAs), scenario analysis, stress testing and special investigations.
Risks are aggregated and assessed within and across risk functions or businesses. The aggregated risk information is reviewed and reported at an enterprise level for adherence to the risk appetite framework as established through the policy framework and approved by the Board of Directors or by appropriate managing committees. This enterprise aggregation and reporting approach promotes the identification and appropriate escalation of material risks across the organization and supports an understanding of the cumulative impact of risk in relation to our risk appetite.
Risk Control and Limits
Risk controls and limits provide the linkage from PNC’s Risk Appetite Statement and associated guiding principles to the risk taking activities of our businesses. Risk limits are quantitative measures, including forward looking assumptions, which allocate the firm’s aggregate risk appetite statement to lines of business and functional risk areas. They are established within policy across risk categories and are embedded within each risk appetite description.
When setting risk limits, PNC considers major risks, aligns with the established risk appetite, balances risk-reward, leverages analytics including stressed scenarios along with historical data, and adjusts limits in a timely manner in response to changes in internal and external environments. Quantitative and qualitative operating guidelines support risk limits and serve as an early warning system for potential violations of the limits. These operating guidelines trigger mitigation strategies and management escalation protocols if limits are breached.
PNC’s control structure is balanced in terms of efficiency and effectiveness with the risks that we are willing to take, as defined by our risk appetite. Controls are in place across the risk taxonomy to monitor established risk limits.
PNC uses a multi-tiered risk policy, procedure, and committee charter framework to provide direction and guidance for identifying, decisioning, monitoring, communicating and managing risk, including appropriate processes to escalate control parameter exceptions when applicable.
Risk Monitoring and Reporting
PNC uses similar tools to monitor and report risk when performing Risk Identification. These tools include Risk Appetite Metrics, KRIs, KPIs, RCSAs, scenario analysis, stress testing and special investigations.
The risk identification and quantification processes, the risk control and limits reviews, and the tools used for risk monitoring provide the basis for risk reporting. The objective of risk reporting is comprehensive risk aggregation and transparent communication of aggregated risks, issues, risk level compared to appetite, outlook as well as mitigation strategies where appropriate, to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors, Corporate Committees, Working Committees and other designated parties for effective decision making.
Risk reports are produced at the line of business, functional risk and the enterprise levels. The enterprise level risk report aggregates risks identified in the functional and business reports to define the enterprise risk profile. The enterprise risk profile is a point-in-time assessment of enterprise risk. The risk profile represents PNC’s overall risk position in relation to the desired enterprise risk appetite and overall risk capacity. The determination of the enterprise risk profile is based on analysis of quantitative reporting of risk limits and other measures along with qualitative assessments. Quarterly aggregation of our risk profile enables a clear view of our risk level relative to our quantitative risk appetite and overall risk capacity. The enterprise level report is provided through the governance structure to the Board of Directors.
Credit Risk Management
Credit risk represents the possibility that a customer, counterparty or issuer may not perform in accordance with contractual terms. Credit risk is inherent in the financial services business and results from extending credit to customers, purchasing securities, and entering into financial derivative transactions and certain guarantee contracts. Credit risk is one of our most significant risks. Our processes for managing credit risk are embedded in PNC’s risk culture and in our decision-making processes using a systematic approach whereby credit risks and related exposures are identified and assessed, managed through specific policies and processes, measured and evaluated against our risk appetite and credit concentration limits, and reported, along with specific mitigation activities, to management and the Board through our governance structure.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 71
Asset Quality Overview
Asset quality trends improved overall during 2015.
•
Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2015 decreased $455 million compared with December 31, 2014 as a result of improvements in both consumer lending and commercial lending nonperforming loans. Consumer lending nonperforming loans decreased $303 million and commercial lending nonperforming loans decreased $81 million. Nonperforming assets were 0.68% of total assets at December 31, 2015 compared with 0.83% at December 31, 2014.
•
Overall loan delinquencies totaled $1.6 billion at December 31, 2015, a decrease of $306 million, or 16%, from year-end 2014. The reduction was due in large part to a reduction in accruing government insured residential real estate loans past due 90 days or more of $174 million, the majority of which we took possession of and conveyed the real estate, or are in the process of conveyance and claim resolution.
•
Net charge-offs were $386 million in 2015, down 27%, or $145 million, from net charge-offs in 2014.
•
Provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2015 declined to $255 million compared to $273 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.
•
The level of ALLL decreased to $2.7 billion at December 31, 2015 as compared to $3.3 billion at December 31, 2014, primarily due to a change to our derecognition policy effective December 31, 2015 for purchased impaired pooled consumer and residential real estate loans.
Nonperforming Assets and Loan Delinquencies
Nonperforming Assets, including OREO and Foreclosed Assets
Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of contractual principal and interest is not probable and include nonperforming troubled debt restructurings (TDRs), OREO and foreclosed assets. Loans held for sale, certain government insured or guaranteed loans, purchased impaired loans and loans accounted for under the fair value option are excluded from nonperforming loans. Additional information regarding our nonperforming loans and nonaccrual policies is included in Note 1 Accounting Policies in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report. A summary of the major categories of nonperforming assets are presented in Table 28. See Note 3 Asset Quality in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report for further detail of nonperforming asset categories.
Table 28: Nonperforming Assets By Type
(a) Excludes most consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, which are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due and are not placed on nonperforming status.
(b) The recorded investment of loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in process of foreclosure was $.6 billion and $.8 billion at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, and included $.3 billion and $.5 billion, respectively, of loans that are government insured/guaranteed.
(c) Nonperforming loans exclude certain government insured or guaranteed loans, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and purchased impaired loans.
(d) The December 31, 2015 ratio was impacted by the change in derecognition policy for purchased impaired pooled consumer and residential real estate loans as of December 31, 2015. For additional information see Note 4 Purchased Loans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.
Table 29: Change in Nonperforming Assets
Nonperforming assets decreased $455 million at December 31, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014. Consumer lending nonperforming loans decreased $303 million and commercial lending nonperforming loans decreased $81 million. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 90% of total nonperforming loans were secured by collateral which lessens reserve requirements and is expected to reduce credit losses in the event of default. As of December 31, 2015, commercial lending nonperforming loans were carried at approximately 62% of their unpaid principal balance, due to charge-offs recorded to date, before consideration of the ALLL. See Note 3 Asset Quality in the
72 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report for additional information on these loans.
Within consumer nonperforming loans, residential real estate TDRs comprise 68% of total residential real estate nonperforming loans at December 31, 2015, up from 60% at December 31, 2014. Home equity TDRs comprise 51% of home equity nonperforming loans at December 31, 2015, down from 54% at December 31, 2014. TDRs generally remain in nonperforming status until a borrower has made at least six consecutive months of both principal and interest payments under the modified terms or ultimate resolution occurs. Loans where borrowers have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to PNC and loans to borrowers not currently obligated to make both principal and interest payments under the restructured terms are not returned to accrual status.
At December 31, 2015, our largest nonperforming asset was $33 million in the Real Estate, Rental and Leasing Industry and our average nonperforming loan associated with commercial lending was less than $1 million. The ten largest outstanding nonperforming assets are from the commercial lending portfolio and represent 37% and 8% of total commercial lending nonperforming loans and total nonperforming assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2015.
Purchased impaired loans are considered performing, even if contractually past due (or if we do not expect to receive payment in full based on the original contractual terms), as we accrete interest income over the expected life of the loans. The accretable yield represents the excess of the expected cash flows on the loans at the measurement date over the carrying value. Generally decreases, other than interest rate decreases for variable rate notes, in the net present value of expected cash flows of individual commercial or pooled purchased impaired loans would result in an impairment charge to the provision for credit losses in the period in which the change is deemed probable. Generally increases in the net present value
first result in a recovery of previously recorded allowance for loan losses, to the extent applicable, and then an increase to accretable yield for the remaining life of the purchased impaired loans. Total nonperforming loans and assets in the tables above are significantly lower than they would have been due to this accounting treatment for purchased impaired loans. This treatment also results in a lower ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans and a higher ratio of ALLL to nonperforming loans. See Note 4 Purchased Loans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report, for additional information, including the accounting treatment, on these loans.
Table 30: OREO and Foreclosed Assets
Total OREO and foreclosed assets decreased $71 million during 2015 and is 12% of total nonperforming assets at December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, 59% and 62%, respectively, of our OREO and foreclosed assets were comprised of residential related properties.
Loan Delinquencies
We regularly monitor the level of loan delinquencies and believe these levels may be a key indicator of loan portfolio asset quality. Measurement of delinquency status is based on the contractual terms of each loan. Loans that are 30 days or more past due in terms of payment are considered delinquent. Loan delinquencies exclude loans held for sale and purchased impaired loans, but include government insured or guaranteed loans and loans accounted for under the fair value option.
Table 31: Accruing Loans Past Due (a) (b)
(a) Amounts in table represent recorded investment.
(b) Past due loan amounts at December 31, 2015 include government insured or guaranteed loans of $172 million, $120 million, and $765 million for accruing loans past due 30 to 59 days, past due 60 to 89 days, and past due 90 days or more, respectively. The comparative amounts as of December 31, 2014 were $220 million, $136 million, and $996 million, respectively.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 73
Total early stage loan delinquencies (accruing loans past due 30 to 89 days) decreased $82 million, or 10%, at December 31, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014, driven by reductions in consumer early stage delinquencies.
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more decreased $224 million, or 20%, at December 31, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014 due to declines in government insured residential real estate loans of $174 million, the majority of which we took possession of and conveyed the real estate, or are in the process of conveyance and claim resolution. Accruing loans past due 90 days or more are referred to as late stage loan delinquencies. These loans are not included in nonperforming loans and continue to accrue interest because they are well secured by collateral and are in the process of collection, or are managed in homogenous portfolios with specified charge-off timeframes adhering to regulatory guidelines, or are certain government insured or guaranteed loans.
On a regular basis our Special Asset Committee closely monitors loans, primarily commercial loans, that are not included in the nonperforming or accruing past due categories and for which we are uncertain about the borrower’s ability to comply with existing repayment terms. These loans totaled $.1 billion and $.2 billion at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
See Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Asset Quality in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report for additional information regarding our nonperforming loan and nonaccrual policies and further information on loan delinquencies.
Home Equity Loan Portfolio
Our home equity loan portfolio totaled $32.1 billion as of December 31, 2015, or 16% of the total loan portfolio. Of that total, $18.8 billion, or 59%, was outstanding under primarily variable-rate home equity lines of credit and $13.3 billion, or 41%, consisted of closed-end home equity installment loans. Approximately 4% of the home equity portfolio was purchased impaired and 3% of the home equity portfolio was on nonperforming status as of December 31, 2015.
As of December 31, 2015, we are in an originated first lien position for approximately 53% of the total outstanding portfolio and, where originated as a second lien, we currently hold or service the first lien position for an additional 2% of the portfolio. The remaining 45% of the portfolio was secured by second liens where we do not hold the first lien position. The credit performance of the majority of the home equity portfolio where we are in, hold or service the first lien position, is superior to the portion of the portfolio where we hold the second lien position but do not hold the first lien.
Lien position information is generally based upon original LTV at the time of origination. However, after origination
PNC is not typically notified when a senior lien position that is not held by PNC is satisfied. Therefore, information about the current lien status of junior lien loans is less readily available in cases where PNC does not also hold the senior lien. Additionally, PNC is not typically notified when a junior lien position is added after origination of a PNC first lien. This updated information for both junior and senior liens must be obtained from external sources, and therefore, PNC has contracted with an industry-leading third-party service provider to obtain updated loan, lien and collateral data that is aggregated from public and private sources.
We track borrower performance monthly, including obtaining original LTVs, updated FICO scores at least quarterly, updated LTVs semi-annually, and other credit metrics at least quarterly, including the historical performance of any mortgage loans regardless of lien position that we do or do not hold. This information is used for internal reporting and risk management. For internal reporting and risk management we also segment the population into pools based on product type (e.g., home equity loans, brokered home equity loans, home equity lines of credit, brokered home equity lines of credit). As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we segment the home equity portfolio based upon the loan delinquency, modification status and bankruptcy status, as well as the delinquency, modification status and bankruptcy status of any mortgage loan with the same borrower (regardless of whether it is a first lien senior to our second lien).
In establishing our ALLL for non-impaired loans, we primarily utilize a delinquency roll-rate methodology for pools of loans. In accordance with accounting principles, under this methodology, we establish our allowance based upon incurred losses, not lifetime expected losses. The roll-rate methodology estimates transition/roll of loan balances from one delinquency state (e.g., 30-59 days past due) to another delinquency state (e.g., 60-89 days past due) and ultimately to charge-off. The roll through to charge-off is based on PNC’s actual loss experience for each type of pool. Each of our home equity pools contains both first and second liens. Our experience has been that the ratio of first to second lien loans has been consistent over time and the charge-off amounts for the pools, used to establish our allowance, include losses on both first and second liens loans.
Generally, our variable-rate home equity lines of credit have either a seven or ten year draw period, followed by a 20-year amortization term. During the draw period, we have home equity lines of credit where borrowers pay either interest or principal and interest. We view home equity lines of credit where borrowers are paying principal and interest under the draw period as less risky than those where the borrowers are paying interest only, as these borrowers have a demonstrated ability to make some level of principal and interest payments. The risk associated with the borrower’s ability to satisfy the loan terms upon the draw period ending is considered in
74 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
establishing our ALLL. Based upon outstanding balances at December 31, 2015, the following table presents the periods when home equity lines of credit draw periods are scheduled to end.
Table 32: Home Equity Lines of Credit - Draw Period End Dates
(a) Includes all home equity lines of credit that mature in 2016 or later, including those with borrowers where we have terminated borrowing privileges.
(b) Includes approximately $40 million, $48 million, $34 million, $26 million and $534 million of home equity lines of credit with balloon payments, including those where we have terminated borrowing privileges, with draw periods scheduled to end in 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and thereafter, respectively.
Based upon outstanding balances, and excluding purchased impaired loans, at December 31, 2015, for home equity lines of credit for which the borrower can no longer draw (e.g., draw period has ended or borrowing privileges have been terminated), approximately 3% were 30-89 days past due and approximately 5% were 90 days or more past due. Generally, when a borrower becomes 60 days past due, we terminate borrowing privileges and those privileges are not subsequently reinstated. At that point, we continue our collection/recovery processes, which may include loan modification resulting in a loan that is classified as a TDR.
See Note 3 Asset Quality in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report for additional information.
Auto Loan Portfolio
The auto loan portfolio totaled $11.2 billion as of December 31, 2015, or 5% of our total loan portfolio. Of that total, $9.6 billion resides in the indirect auto portfolio, $1.1 billion in the direct auto portfolio, and $.5 billion in acquired or securitized portfolios, which has been declining as no pools have been recently acquired. The indirect auto portfolio is the largest segment and generates auto loan applications from franchised automobile dealers. This business is strategically aligned with our core retail business.
We have elected not to pursue non-prime auto lending as evidenced by an average new loan origination FICO score over the last twelve months of 758 for indirect auto loans and 773 for direct auto loans. As of December 31, 2015, 0.3% of the portfolio was nonperforming and 0.5% of our auto loan portfolio was accruing past due. We
offer both new and used automobile financing to customers through our various channels. The portfolio comprised 60% new vehicle loans and 40% used vehicle loans at December 31, 2015.
The auto loan portfolio’s performance is measured monthly, including updated collateral values that are obtained monthly and updated FICO scores that are obtained at least quarterly. For internal reporting and risk management, we analyze the portfolio by product channel and product type, and regularly evaluate default and delinquency experience. As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we segment the portfolio by loan structure, collateral attributes, and credit metrics which include FICO score, loan-to-value and term.
Oil and Gas Portfolio
Our portfolio in the oil and gas industry totaled $2.6 billion as of December 31, 2015, or 1% of our total loan portfolio and 2% of our total commercial lending portfolio. This portfolio comprised approximately $1 billion in the midstream and downstream sectors, $.9 billion of oil services companies and $.7 billion related to energy and production companies.
Of the oil services portfolio, approximately $.2 billion is not asset-based or investment grade. Our ALLL at December 31, 2015 reflects the incremental impact of the continued decline in oil and gas prices.
See Note 3 Asset Quality in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report for additional information.
Loan Modifications and Troubled Debt Restructurings
Consumer Loan Modifications
We modify loans under government and PNC-developed programs based upon our commitment to help eligible homeowners and borrowers avoid foreclosure, where appropriate. Initially, a borrower is evaluated for a modification under a government program. If a borrower does not qualify under a government program, the borrower is then evaluated under a PNC program. Our programs utilize both temporary and permanent modifications and typically reduce the interest rate, extend the term and/or defer principal. Loans that are either temporarily or permanently modified under programs involving a change to loan terms are generally classified as TDRs. Further, loans that have certain types of payment plans and trial payment arrangements which do not include a contractual change to loan terms may be classified as TDRs. Additional detail on TDRs is discussed below as well as in Note 3 Asset Quality in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.
A temporary modification, with a term between 3 and 24 months, involves a change in original loan terms for a period
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 75
of time and reverts to a calculated exit rate for the remaining term of the loan as of a specific date. A permanent modification, with a term greater than 24 months, is a modification in which the terms of the original loan are changed. Permanent modification programs, including both government-created Home Affordable Modification Program (HAMP) and PNC-developed modification programs, generally result in principal forgiveness, interest rate reduction, term extension, capitalization of past due amounts, interest only period or deferral of principal.
We also monitor the success rates and delinquency status of our loan modification programs to assess their effectiveness in serving our borrowers’ and servicing customers’ needs while mitigating credit losses. Table 33 provides the number of bank-owned accounts and unpaid principal balance of modified consumer real estate related loans at the end of each year presented.
Table 33: Consumer Real Estate Related Loan Modifications
(a) All temporary modifications are home equity loans.
In addition to temporary loan modifications, we may make available to a borrower a payment plan or a HAMP trial payment period. Under a payment plan or a HAMP trial payment period, there is no change to the loan’s contractual terms so the borrower remains legally responsible for payment of the loan under its original terms.
Payment plans may include extensions, re-ages and/or forbearance plans. All payment plans bring an account current once certain requirements are achieved and are primarily intended to demonstrate a borrower’s renewed willingness and ability to re-pay. Due to the short term nature of the payment plan, there is a minimal impact to the ALLL.
Under a HAMP trial payment period, we establish an alternate payment, generally at an amount less than the contractual payment amount, for the borrower during this short time period. This allows a borrower to demonstrate successful payment performance before permanently restructuring the loan into a HAMP modification. Subsequent to successful borrower performance under the trial payment period, we will capitalize the original contractual amount past due, to include accrued interest and fees receivable, and restructure the loan’s contractual terms, along with bringing the restructured account current. As the borrower is often already delinquent at the time of participation in the HAMP trial payment period, generally enrollment in the program does not significantly increase the ALLL. If the trial payment period is unsuccessful, the loan will be evaluated for further action based upon our existing policies.
Commercial Loan Modifications and Payment Plans
Modifications of terms for commercial loans are based on individual facts and circumstances. Commercial loan modifications may involve reduction of the interest rate, extension of the loan term and/or forgiveness of principal. Modified commercial loans are usually already nonperforming prior to modification. We evaluate these modifications for TDR classification based upon whether we granted a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. Additional detail on TDRs is discussed below as well as in Note 3 Asset Quality in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.
We have established certain commercial loan modification and payment programs for small business loans, Small Business Administration loans, and investment real estate loans. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $23 million and $34 million, respectively, in loan balances were covered under these modification and payment plan programs. Of these loan balances, $9 million and $12 million have been determined to be TDRs as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
76 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Troubled Debt Restructurings
A TDR is a loan whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. TDRs result from our loss mitigation activities and include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, postponement/reduction of scheduled amortization and extensions, which are intended to minimize economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. Additionally, TDRs also result from borrowers that have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to PNC.
Table 34: Summary of Troubled Debt Restructurings (a)
(a) Amounts in table represent recorded investment, which includes the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest and net accounting adjustments, less any charge-offs. Recorded investment does not include any associated valuation allowance.
(b) Excludes $1.2 billion and $.9 billion of consumer loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and pooled purchased impaired loans, as well as certain government insured or guaranteed loans at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
Total TDRs decreased $232 million, or 9%, during 2015. Nonperforming TDRs were approximately 53% of total nonperforming loans, and 48% of total TDRs.
TDRs that are performing, including credit card loans, are excluded from nonperforming loans. These TDRs remained generally flat during 2015 at $1.2 billion. Generally, the accruing category is comprised of loans where borrowers have been performing under the restructured terms for at least six consecutive months. Loans where borrowers have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to PNC and loans to borrowers not currently obligated to make both principal and interest payments under the restructured terms are not returned to accrual status.
See Note 3 Asset Quality in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report for additional information on loan modifications and TDRs.
Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit
Table 35: Loan Charge-Offs And Recoveries
Total net charge-offs are lower than they would have been otherwise due to the accounting treatment for purchased impaired loans. This treatment also results in a lower ratio of net charge-offs to average loans. See Note 4 Purchased Loans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report for additional information on net charge-offs related to these loans.
We maintain an ALLL to absorb losses from the loan and lease portfolio and determine this allowance based on quarterly assessments of the estimated probable credit losses incurred in the loan and lease portfolio. Our total ALLL of $2.7 billion at December 31, 2015 consisted of $1.6 billion and $1.1 billion established for the commercial lending and consumer lending categories, respectively. We maintain the ALLL at a level that we believe to be appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred in the loan and lease portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The reserve calculation and determination process is dependent on the use of key assumptions. Key reserve assumptions and estimation processes react to and are influenced by observed changes in loan and lease portfolio performance experience, the financial strength of the borrower, and economic conditions. Key reserve assumptions are periodically updated.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 77
We establish specific allowances for loans considered impaired using methods prescribed by GAAP. All impaired loans are subject to individual analysis, except leases and large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans which may include, but are not limited to, credit card, residential real estate secured and consumer installment loans. Specific allowances for individual loans (including commercial and consumer TDRs) are determined based on an analysis of the present value of expected future cash flows from the loans discounted at their effective interest rate, observable market price or the fair value of the underlying collateral.
Reserves allocated to non-impaired commercial loan classes are based on PD and LGD credit risk ratings.
Our commercial pool reserve methodology is sensitive to changes in key risk parameters such as PD and LGD. The results of these parameters are then applied to the loan balance and unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit to determine the amount of the respective reserves. Our PDs and LGDs are primarily determined using internal commercial loan loss data. This internal data is supplemented with third-party data and management judgment, as deemed necessary. We continue to evaluate and enhance our use of internal commercial loss data and will periodically update our PDs and LGDs as well as consider third-party data, regulatory guidance and management judgment.
The majority of the commercial portfolio is secured by collateral, including loans to asset-based lending customers, which generally demonstrate lower LGD compared to loans not secured by collateral. Additionally, guarantees on loans greater than $1 million and owner guarantees for small business loans do not significantly impact our ALLL.
Allocations to non-impaired consumer loan classes are primarily based upon a roll-rate model which uses statistical relationships, calculated from historical data that estimate the movement of loan outstandings through the various stages of delinquency and ultimately charge-off.
A portion of the ALLL is related to qualitative and measurement factors. These factors may include, but are not limited to, the following:
•
Industry concentrations and conditions,
•
Recent credit quality trends,
•
Recent loss experience in particular portfolios,
•
Recent macro-economic factors,
•
Model imprecision,
•
Changes in lending policies and procedures,
•
Timing of available information, including the performance of first lien positions, and
•
Limitations of available historical data.
PNC’s determination of the ALLL for non-impaired loans is sensitive to the risk grades assigned to commercial loans and loss rates for consumer loans. There are several other
qualitative and quantitative factors considered in determining the ALLL. This sensitivity analysis does not necessarily reflect the nature and extent of future changes in the ALLL. It is intended to provide insight into the impact of adverse changes to risk grades and loss rates only and does not imply any expectation of future deterioration in the risk ratings or loss rates. Given the current processes used, we believe the risk grades and loss rates currently assigned are appropriate. In the hypothetical event that the aggregate weighted average commercial loan risk grades would experience a 1% deterioration, assuming all other variables remain constant, the allowance for commercial loans would increase by approximately $44 million as of December 31, 2015. In the hypothetical event that consumer loss rates would increase by 10%, assuming all other variables remain constant, the allowance for consumer loans would increase by approximately $24 million at December 31, 2015.
Purchased impaired loans are initially recorded at fair value and applicable accounting guidance prohibits the carry over or creation of valuation allowances at acquisition. Because the initial fair values of these loans already reflect a credit component, additional reserves are established when performance is expected to be worse than our expectations as of the acquisition date. At December 31, 2015, we had established reserves of $.3 billion for purchased impaired loans. In addition, loans (purchased impaired and non-impaired) acquired after January 1, 2009 were recorded at fair value. No allowance for loan losses was carried over and no allowance was created at the date of acquisition. See Note 4 Purchased Loans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report for additional information.
In determining the appropriateness of the ALLL, we make specific allocations to impaired loans and allocations to portfolios of commercial and consumer loans. We also allocate reserves to provide coverage for probable losses incurred in the portfolio at the balance sheet date based upon current market conditions, which may not be reflected in historical loss data. Commercial lending is the largest category of credits and is sensitive to changes in assumptions and judgments underlying the determination of the ALLL. We have allocated approximately $1.6 billion, or 59%, of the ALLL at December 31, 2015 to the commercial lending category. Consumer lending allocations are made based on historical loss experience adjusted for recent activity. Approximately $1.1 billion, or 41%, of the ALLL at December 31, 2015 has been allocated to these consumer lending categories.
In addition to the ALLL, we maintain an allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit. We report this allowance as a liability on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We maintain the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit at a level we believe is appropriate to absorb estimated probable losses on these unfunded credit facilities. We determine this amount using
78 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
estimates of the probability of the ultimate funding and losses related to those credit exposures. Other than the estimation of the probability of funding, this methodology is very similar to the one we use for determining our ALLL.
We refer you to Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Asset Quality in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report for further information on certain key asset quality indicators that we use to evaluate our portfolios and establish the allowances.
Table 36: Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
(a) A portion of the ALLL associated with purchased impaired pooled consumer and residential real estate loans was derecognized on December 31, 2015 due to the change in the derecognition policy for these loans. The December 31, 2015 ratio of ALLL to total loans was impacted by the derecognition. For additional information see Note 4 Purchased Loans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.
The provision for credit losses decreased to $255 million for 2015 compared to $273 million for 2014 due to improved credit quality. For 2015, the provision for commercial lending credit losses decreased by $45 million, or 45%, from 2014. The provision for consumer lending credit losses increased $27 million, or 16%, from 2014.
At December 31, 2015, total ALLL to total nonperforming loans was 128%. The comparable amount for December 31, 2014 was 133%. These ratios are 98% and 85%, respectively, when excluding the $.6 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively, of ALLL at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 allocated to consumer loans and lines of credit not secured by residential real estate and purchased impaired loans. We have excluded consumer loans and lines of credit not secured by real estate as they are charged off after 120 to 180 days past
due and not placed on nonperforming status. Additionally, we have excluded purchased impaired loans as they are considered performing regardless of their delinquency status as interest is accreted in accordance with ASC 310-30 based on the recorded investment balance. Additional allowance is recorded when the net present value of expected cash flows is lower than the recorded investment balance. See Table 28 within this Credit Risk Management section for additional information.
The ALLL balance increases or decreases across periods in relation to fluctuating risk factors, including asset quality trends, net charge-offs and changes in aggregate portfolio balances. The ALLL balance declined $.6 billion, or 18%, as of December 31, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014. During 2015, the decline was driven by improved asset quality trends, including, but not limited to, delinquency status and improving economic conditions, as well as reduced net charge-offs, coupled with the derecognition of $468 million of ALLL related to purchased impaired pooled consumer and residential real estate loans. These impacts to ALLL were partially offset by continued portfolio growth over the recent quarters.
See Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 4 Purchased Loans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report regarding changes in the ALLL and in the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit.
Operational Risk Management
Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, human factors, or external events. This includes losses that may arise as a result of non-compliance with laws or regulations, failure to fulfill fiduciary responsibilities, as well as litigation or other legal actions. Operational risk may occur in any of our business activities and manifests itself in various ways, including but not limited to:
•
Transaction processing errors,
•
Unauthorized transactions and fraud by employees or third parties,
•
Material disruption in business activities,
•
System breaches and misuse of sensitive information,
•
Regulatory or governmental actions, fines or penalties, and
•
Significant legal expenses, judgments or settlements.
PNC’s Operational Risk Management is inclusive of Technology Risk Management and Business Continuity Risk. Enterprise Compliance is responsible for coordinating the compliance risk component of PNC’s Operational Risk framework. Operational Risk Management focuses on balancing business needs, regulatory expectations and risk management priorities through an adaptive and proactive program that is designed to provide a strong governance
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 79
model, sound and consistent risk management processes and transparent operational risk reporting across the enterprise.
The PNC Board determines the strategic approach to operational risk via establishment of guiding principles, risk appetite and appropriate risk management structure. This includes establishment of risk metrics and limits and operational risk committee hierarchy and reporting structure to identify, understand and manage operational risks.
Executive Management has responsibility for operational risk management. The executive management team is responsible for monitoring significant risks, key controls and related issues through management reporting and a governance structure of risk committees, to help ensure that objectives are pursued within the bounds of our risk appetite.
Within the Independent Risk Management function, Operational Risk Management (ORM) is responsible for developing and maintaining the policies, methodologies, tools, and technology utilized across the enterprise to identify, assess, monitor, and report operational risks. ORM monitors enterprise-wide adherence with related policies and procedures and regularly assesses overall program effectiveness. In addition, ORM independently challenges the results and conclusions generated by the business units during the execution of the operational risk management program.
Business Unit management is responsible for the day-to-day management of operational risks inherent in the products, services, and activities for which they are responsible. Business Unit management is also responsible for adhering to PNC’s enterprise-wide operational risk management policies and procedures including regularly identifying, measuring, and monitoring operational risks in their respective areas, as well as capturing, analyzing and reporting operational risks and issues.
Management of operational risk is based upon a comprehensive framework designed to enable PNC to determine the enterprise and individual business unit’s operational risk profile in comparison to the established risk appetite and identify operational risks that may require further mitigation. This framework is established around a set of enterprise-wide policies and a system of internal controls that are designed to manage risk and to provide management with timely and accurate information about the operations of PNC. This framework employs a number of techniques to manage operational risk, including:
•
Risk and Control Self Assessments (RCSAs) that are performed at least annually across PNC’s businesses, processes, systems and products. RCSA methodology is a standard process for business units to document and assess operational risks, evaluate key control design and operating effectiveness, and determine if control enhancements are required,
•
A Scenario Analysis program that is leveraged to proactively evaluate operational risks with the potential for severe business, financial, operational or regulatory impact on the company or a major business unit. This methodology leverages standard processes and tools to evaluate a wide range of business and operational risks encompassing both external and internal events relevant to the company. Based upon scenario analysis conclusions, management may implement additional controls or risk management activities to reduce exposure to an acceptable level,
•
A Metrics and Key Risk Indicator framework that allows management to proactively monitor and assess shifts in operational risk exposure or key control effectiveness compared to expectations and thresholds. Enterprise-level Operational Risk Appetite metrics support PNC’s Operational Risk Management framework and guiding principles with the objective of maintaining a risk profile within risk appetite. A broad set of operational risk indicators are in place to monitor and report exposures across the different inherent operational risk types. Lastly, business-specific risk indicators are established to monitor the most significant risks and controls identified in the individual risk and control self assessments, and
•
Operational loss events as well as technology and operational breakdowns that do not result in direct loss (near miss events) across the enterprise are continuously captured and maintained in a central repository. This information is analyzed and used to help determine the root causes of these events and to identify trends that could indicate changes in the company’s risk exposure or control effectiveness. PNC’s External Loss Event program utilizes a number of sources to monitor and identify external loss events occurring across the financial services industry. Relevant external events are evaluated by appropriate business and risk management personnel to determine whether PNC is exposed to similar events, and if so, whether appropriate controls are in place.
We continue to refine our methodology to estimate capital requirements for operational risk using a proprietary version of an Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) as prescribed in Basel II. Under the AMA, the results of the program elements described above are key inputs directly incorporated into the capital calculation methodology.
Risk professionals from Operational Risk, Technology Risk Management, Compliance and Legal work closely with business areas to evaluate risks and challenge that appropriate key controls are established prior to the introduction of new or enhanced products, services and technologies. These risk
80 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
professionals also challenge Business Units’ design and implementation of mitigation strategies to address risks and issues identified through ongoing assessment and monitoring activities.
PNC’s Technology Risk Management (TRM) program is aligned with the operational risk framework. Technology risk represents the risk associated with the use, ownership, operation, involvement, influence and adoption of technology within an enterprise.
Management of technology risk is embedded into the culture and decision-making processes of PNC through an information and technology risk management framework designed to help ensure secure, sound, and compliant IT systems and infrastructure in support of business strategies and goals. The management of technology risk is a core business skill and an integral part of day-to-day activity.
Cybersecurity is a principal concern for financial institutions and is a very high priority for PNC. The ever changing and complex threat landscape is closely monitored and PNC participates in proactive information sharing with intelligence sources, law enforcement, and the private sector. The cyber security program is based on a continuous improvement strategy by assessing current and emerging threats to protect our critical business functions, as well as the integrity, privacy, and confidentiality of data. We continue to strengthen our controls, processes and systems to help protect our networks, computers, software, and data from attack, damage or unauthorized access. See

---

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

---

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

---

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

---

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

---

ITEM 4. RESERVED

---

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY

---

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

---

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

---

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
ITEM 7A - QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
This information is set forth in the Risk Management section of Item 7 and in Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 7 Fair Value, and Note 14 Financial Derivatives in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in

---

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
ITEM 8 - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, of comprehensive income, of changes in equity, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
February 26, 2016
102 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 103
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.
104 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
(a) Our consolidated assets at December 31, 2015 included the following assets of certain variable interest entities (VIEs): Cash and due from banks of $11 million, Interest-earning deposits with banks of $4 million, Net loans of $1.3 billion, Equity investments of $183 million, and Other assets of $402 million. Our consolidated assets at December 31, 2014 included the following assets of certain VIEs: Cash and due from banks of $6 million, Interest-earning deposits with banks of $6 million, Net loans of $1.6 billion, Equity investments of $492 million, and Other assets of $483 million.
(b) Our consolidated assets at December 31, 2015 included the following for which we have elected the fair value option: Federal funds sold and resale agreements of $137 million, Loans held for sale of $1.5 billion, Loans of $.9 billion, and Other assets of $521 million. Our consolidated assets at December 31, 2014 included the following for which we have elected the fair value option: Federal funds sold and resale agreements of $155 million, Loans held for sale of $2.2 billion, Loans of $1.0 billion, and Other assets of $412 million.
(c) Our consolidated liabilities at December 31, 2015 included the following liabilities of certain VIEs: Other borrowed funds of $148 million, Accrued expenses of $44 million, and Other liabilities of $202 million. Our consolidated liabilities at December 31, 2014 included the following liabilities of certain VIEs: Other borrowed funds of $347 million, Accrued expenses of $70 million, and Other liabilities of $206 million.
(d) Our consolidated liabilities at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 included Other borrowed funds of $93 million and $273 million, respectively, for which we have elected the fair value option.
(e) Par value less than $.5 million at each date.
See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 105
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
(a) The par value of our preferred stock outstanding was less than $.5 million at each date and, therefore, is excluded from this presentation.
(b) Relates to the redemption of REIT preferred securities in the first quarter of 2013. See Note 16 Equity for additional information.
(c) 1,500 Series L preferred shares with a $1 par value were redeemed on April 19, 2013.
(d) 5,000 Series R preferred shares with a $1 par value were issued on May 7, 2013.
(e) Includes an impact to noncontrolling interests for deconsolidation of limited partnership or non-managing member interests related to tax credit investments in the amount of $675 million during the second quarter of 2013.
(f) Amount represents the cumulative impact of our January 1, 2014 irrevocable election to prospectively measure all classes of commercial MSRs at fair value. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for more information on this election.
(g) On May 4, 2015, PNC redeemed all 50,000 shares of its Series K Preferred Stock, as well as all 500,000 Depositary Shares representing fractional interests in such shares, resulting in net outflow of $500 million.
See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
106 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
(continued on following page)
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 107
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
(continued from previous page)
See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.
108 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
BUSINESS
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (PNC) is one of the largest diversified financial services companies in the United States and is headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
We have businesses engaged in retail banking, corporate and institutional banking, asset management and residential mortgage banking, providing many of our products and services nationally, as well as other products and services in our primary geographic markets located in Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey, Michigan, Illinois, Maryland, Indiana, Florida, North Carolina, Kentucky, Washington, D.C., Delaware, Virginia, Alabama, Georgia, Missouri, Wisconsin and South Carolina. We also provide certain products and services internationally.
NOTE 1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Financial Statement Presentation
Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the parent company and its subsidiaries, most of which are wholly-owned, and certain partnership interests and variable interest entities.
We prepared these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). We have eliminated intercompany accounts and transactions. We have also reclassified certain prior year amounts to conform to the 2015 presentation, which did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations. Additionally, we evaluate the materiality of identified errors in the financial statements using both an income statement and a balance sheet approach, based on relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. The consolidated financial statements include certain adjustments to correct immaterial errors related to previously reported periods.
We have also considered the impact of subsequent events on these consolidated financial statements.
Use of Estimates
We prepared these consolidated financial statements using financial information available at the time of preparation, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported. Our most significant estimates pertain to our fair value measurements, allowances for loan and lease losses and unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit, and accretion on purchased impaired loans. Actual results may differ from the estimates and the differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.
Investment in BlackRock, Inc.
We account for our investment in the common stock and Series B Preferred Stock of BlackRock (deemed to be in-substance common stock) under the equity method of accounting. The investment in BlackRock is reflected on our Consolidated Balance Sheet in Equity investments, while our equity in earnings of BlackRock is reported on our Consolidated Income Statement in Asset management revenue.
We also hold shares of Series C Preferred Stock of BlackRock pursuant to our obligation to partially fund a portion of certain BlackRock long-term incentive plan (LTIP) programs. Since these preferred shares are not deemed to be in-substance common stock, we have elected to account for these preferred shares at fair value and the changes in fair value will offset the impact of marking-to-market the obligation to deliver these shares to BlackRock. Our investment in the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock is included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other assets. Our obligation to transfer these shares to BlackRock is classified as a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument under GAAP as disclosed in Note 14 Financial Derivatives.
Special Purpose Entities
Special purpose entities (SPEs) are defined as legal entities structured for a particular purpose. We use special purpose entities in various legal forms to conduct normal business activities. We review the structure and activities of special purpose entities for possible consolidation under the applicable GAAP guidance.
A variable interest entity (VIE) is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or any other legal structure used to conduct activities or hold assets that either:
•
Does not have equity investors with voting rights that can directly or indirectly make decisions about the entity’s activities through those voting rights or similar rights, or
•
Has equity investors that do not provide sufficient equity for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support.
A VIE often holds financial assets, including loans or receivables, real estate or other property.
VIEs are assessed for consolidation under ASC 810 - Consolidation when we hold a variable interest in these entities. We consolidate a VIE if we are its primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is determined to be the party that meets both of the following criteria: (i) has the power to make decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE; and (ii) has the obligation
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 109
to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. Upon consolidation of a VIE, we recognize all of the VIE’s assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. On a quarterly basis, we determine whether any changes occurred requiring a reassessment of whether PNC is the primary beneficiary of an entity.
In applying this guidance, we consolidate a credit card securitization trust and certain tax credit investments. See Note 2 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities for information about VIEs that we consolidate as well as those that we do not consolidate but in which we hold a significant variable interest.
Revenue Recognition
We earn interest and noninterest income from various sources, including:
•
Lending,
•
Securities portfolio,
•
Asset management,
•
Customer deposits,
•
Loan sales and servicing,
•
Brokerage services,
•
Sale of loans and securities,
•
Certain private equity activities, and
•
Securities, derivatives and foreign exchange activities.
We earn fees and commissions from:
•
Issuing loan commitments, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees,
•
Selling various insurance products,
•
Providing treasury management services,
•
Providing merger and acquisition advisory and related services, and
•
Participating in certain capital markets transactions.
Revenue earned on interest-earning assets, including unearned income and the amortization/accretion of premiums or discounts recognized on acquired loans and debt securities, is recognized based on the constant effective yield of the financial instrument or based on other applicable accounting guidance.
The Consolidated Income Statement caption Asset management includes asset management fees, which are generally based on a percentage of the fair value of the assets under management. Additionally, Asset management noninterest income includes our share of the earnings of BlackRock recognized under the equity method of accounting.
Service charges on deposit accounts are recognized when earned. Brokerage fees and gains and losses on the sale of securities and certain derivatives are recognized on a trade-date basis.
We record private equity income or loss based on changes in the valuation of the underlying investments or when we dispose of our interest.
We recognize gain/(loss) on changes in the fair value of certain financial instruments where we have elected the fair value option. These financial instruments include certain commercial and residential mortgage loans originated for sale, certain residential mortgage portfolio loans, resale agreements and our investment in BlackRock Series C preferred stock. We also recognize gain/(loss) on changes in the fair value of residential and commercial mortgage servicing rights (MSRs).
We recognize revenue from servicing residential mortgages, commercial mortgages and other consumer loans as earned based on the specific contractual terms. These revenues are reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in the line items Residential mortgage, Corporate services and Consumer services. We recognize revenue from securities, derivatives and foreign exchange customer-related trading, as well as securities underwriting activities, as these transactions occur or as services are provided. We generally recognize gains from the sale of loans upon receipt of cash. Mortgage revenue recognized is reported net of mortgage repurchase reserves.
When appropriate, revenue is reported net of associated expenses in accordance with GAAP.
Cash And Cash Equivalents
Cash and due from banks are considered “cash and cash equivalents” for financial reporting purposes.
Investments
We hold interests in various types of investments. The accounting for these investments is dependent on a number of factors including, but not limited to, items such as:
•
Ownership interest,
•
Our plans for the investment, and
•
The nature of the investment.
Debt Securities
Debt securities are recorded on a trade-date basis. We classify debt securities as held to maturity and carry them at amortized cost if we have the positive intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. Debt securities that we purchase for certain risk management activities or customer-related trading activities are carried at fair value and classified as Trading securities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on trading securities are included in Other noninterest income.
Debt securities not classified as held to maturity or trading are designated as securities available for sale and carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of income taxes, reflected in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
110 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
On at least a quarterly basis, we review all debt securities that are in an unrealized loss position for other than temporary impairment (OTTI). An investment security is deemed impaired if the fair value of the investment is less than its amortized cost. Amortized cost includes adjustments (if any) made to the cost basis of an investment for accretion, amortization, previous other-than-temporary impairments and hedging gains and losses. After an investment security is determined to be impaired, we evaluate whether the decline in value is other-than-temporary. As part of this evaluation, we take into consideration whether we intend to sell the security or whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before expected recovery of its amortized cost. We also consider whether or not we expect to receive all of the contractual cash flows from the investment based on factors that include, but are not limited to: the creditworthiness of the issuer and, in the case of securities collateralized by consumer and commercial loan assets, the historical and projected performance of the underlying collateral. In addition, we may also evaluate the business and financial outlook of the issuer, as well as broader industry and sector performance indicators. Declines in the fair value of available for sale debt securities that are deemed other-than-temporary and are attributable to credit deterioration are recognized in Other noninterest income on our Consolidated Income Statement in the period in which the determination is made. Declines in fair value which are deemed other-than-temporary and attributable to factors other than credit deterioration are recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
We include all interest on debt securities, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on investment securities, in net interest income using the constant effective yield method. Effective yields reflect either the effective interest rate implicit in the security at the date of acquisition or the effective interest rate determined based on improved cash flows subsequent to impairment. We compute gains and losses realized on the sale of available for sale debt securities on a specific security basis. These securities gains/(losses) are included in the caption Net gains on sales of securities on the Consolidated Income Statement.
In certain situations, management may elect to transfer certain debt securities from the securities available for sale to the held to maturity classification. In such cases, the securities are reclassified at fair value at the time of transfer. Any unrealized gain or loss included in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at the time of transfer is retained therein and amortized over the remaining life of the security as a yield adjustment, such that only the remaining initial discount/premium from the purchase date is recognized in income.
Equity Securities and Partnership Interests
We account for equity securities and equity investments other than BlackRock and private equity investments under one of the following methods:
•
Marketable equity securities are recorded on a trade-date basis and are accounted for based on the securities’ quoted market prices from a national securities exchange. Those purchased with the intention of selling in the near term are classified as trading and included in Trading securities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Both realized and unrealized gains and losses on trading securities are included in Noninterest income. Marketable equity securities not classified as trading are designated as securities available for sale with unrealized gains and losses, net of income taxes, reflected in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Any unrealized losses that we have determined to be other-than-temporary on securities classified as available for sale are recognized in current period earnings.
•
For investments in limited partnerships, limited liability companies and other investments that are not required to be consolidated, we use either the equity method or the cost method of accounting. We use the equity method for general and limited partner ownership interests and limited liability companies in which we are considered to have significant influence over the operations of the investee. Under the equity method, we record our equity ownership share of net income or loss of the investee in Noninterest income. We use the cost method for all other investments. Under the cost method, there is no change to the cost basis unless there is an other-than-temporary decline in value or dividends received are considered a return on investment. If the decline is determined to be other-than-temporary, we write down the cost basis of the investment to a new cost basis that represents realizable value. The amount of the write-down is accounted for as a loss included in Noninterest income. Distributions received from the income of an investee on cost method investments are included in Noninterest income. Investments described above are included in the caption Equity investments on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Private Equity Investments
We report private equity investments, which include direct investments in companies, affiliated partnership interests and indirect investments in private equity funds, at estimated fair value. These estimates are based on available information and may not necessarily represent amounts that we will ultimately realize through distribution, sale or liquidation of the investments. Fair values of publicly traded direct investments are determined using quoted market prices and are subject to various discount factors for lack of marketability, when appropriate. The valuation procedures applied to direct
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 111
investments in private companies include techniques such as multiples of adjusted earnings of the entity, independent appraisals, anticipated financing and sale transactions with third parties, or the pricing used to value the entity in a recent financing transaction. We value affiliated partnership interests based on the underlying investments of the partnership using procedures consistent with those applied to direct investments. We value indirect investments in private equity funds based on net asset value as provided in the financial statements that we receive from their managers. Due to the time lag in our receipt of the financial information and based on a review of investments and valuation techniques applied, adjustments to the manager-provided values are made when available recent portfolio company information or market information indicates significant changes in value from that provided by the manager of the fund. We include all private equity investments on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in the caption Equity investments. Changes in the fair value of private equity investments are recognized in Noninterest income.
We consolidate affiliated partnerships when we are the general partner and have determined that we have control of the partnership or are the primary beneficiary if the entity is a VIE. The portion we do not own is reflected in the caption Noncontrolling interests on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Loans
Loans are classified as held for investment when management has both the intent and ability to hold the loan for the foreseeable future, or until maturity or payoff. Management’s intent and view of the foreseeable future may change based on changes in business strategies, the economic environment, market conditions and the availability of government programs.
Measurement of delinquency status is based on the contractual terms of each loan. Loans that are 30 days or more past due in terms of payment are considered delinquent.
Except as described below, loans held for investment are stated at the principal amounts outstanding, net of unearned income, unamortized deferred fees and costs on originated loans, and premiums or discounts on purchased loans. Interest on performing loans (excluding interest on purchased impaired loans, which is further discussed below) is accrued based on the principal amount outstanding and recorded in Interest income as earned using the constant effective yield method. Loan origination fees, direct loan origination costs, and loan premiums and discounts are deferred and accreted or amortized into Net interest income, over periods not exceeding the contractual life of the loan.
When loans are redesignated from held for investment to held for sale, specific reserves and allocated pooled reserves included in the Allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL) are charged-off to reduce the basis of the loans to the lower of cost or estimated fair value less cost to sell.
In addition to originating loans, we also acquire loans through portfolio purchases or acquisitions of other financial services
companies. For certain acquired loans that have experienced a deterioration of credit quality, we follow the guidance contained in ASC 310-30-Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. Under this guidance, acquired purchased impaired loans are to be recorded at fair value without the carryover of any existing valuation allowances. Evidence of credit quality deterioration may include information and statistics regarding bankruptcy events, updated borrower credit scores, such as Fair Isaac Corporation scores (FICO), past due status, and updated loan-to-value (LTV) ratios. We review the loans acquired for evidence of credit quality deterioration and determine if it is probable that we will be unable to collect all contractual amounts due, including both principal and interest. When both conditions exist, we estimate the amount and timing of undiscounted expected cash flows at acquisition for each loan either individually or on a pool basis. We estimate the cash flows expected to be collected using internal models that incorporate management’s best estimate of current key assumptions, such as default rates, loss severity and payment speeds. Collateral values are also incorporated into cash flow estimates. Late fees, which are contractual but not expected to be collected, are excluded from expected future cash flows.
The excess of cash flows expected to be collected on a purchased impaired loan (or pool of loans) over its carrying value represents the accretable yield which is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan (or pool of loans) using the constant effective yield method. The accretable yield is calculated based upon the difference between the undiscounted expected future cash flows of the loans and the recorded investment in the loans. Subsequent decreases in expected cash flows that are attributable, at least in part, to credit quality are recognized as impairments through a charge to the provision for credit losses resulting in an increase in the ALLL. Subsequent increases in expected cash flows are recognized as a provision recapture of previously recorded ALLL or prospectively through an adjustment of the loan’s or pool’s yield over its remaining life.
Prior to December 31, 2015, upon final disposition of a loan within a pool and for loans that had nominal collateral value/expected cash flows, the loan’s carrying value was removed from the pool and any gain or loss associated with the transaction was retained in the pool’s recorded investment. Effective December 31, 2015, in anticipation of the end of the life of our purchased impaired pooled consumer and residential real estate loans and pursuant to supervisory direction, we changed our derecognition policy for these loans such that we will write-off the loan’s recorded investment and derecognize the associated ALLL upon final disposition. Gains and losses on such loans will be recognized as either an adjustment to the pool’s associated ALLL, or yield as appropriate. The transition to this new policy on December 31, 2015 resulted in a $468 million derecognition of recorded investment and associated ALLL on such loans. See Note 4 Purchased Loans and Note 5 Allowances for Loan and Lease
112 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit for additional loan data and application of the policies disclosed herein.
Leases
We provide financing for various types of equipment, including aircraft, energy and power systems, and vehicles through a variety of lease arrangements. Direct financing leases are carried at the aggregate of lease payments plus estimated residual value of the leased property, less unearned income. Leveraged leases, a form of financing lease, are carried net of nonrecourse debt. We recognize income over the term of the lease using the constant effective yield method. Lease residual values are reviewed for impairment at least annually. Gains or losses on the sale of leased assets are included in Other noninterest income while valuation adjustments on lease residuals are included in Other noninterest expense.
Loan Sales, Loan Securitizations And Retained Interests
We recognize the sale of loans or other financial assets when the transferred assets are legally isolated from our creditors and the appropriate accounting criteria are met. We have sold mortgage, credit card and other loans through securitization transactions. In a securitization, financial assets are transferred into trusts or to SPEs in transactions to effectively legally isolate the assets from PNC.
ASC 860 - Transfers and Servicing requires a true sale legal analysis to address several relevant factors, such as the nature and level of recourse to the transferor, and the amount and nature of retained interests in the loans sold to support whether the transferred loans would be legally isolated from the transferor’s assets in the case of bankruptcy. Once the legal isolation test has been met, other factors concerning the nature and extent of the transferor’s control and the rights of the transferee over the transferred assets are taken into account in order to determine whether derecognition of assets is warranted.
In a securitization, the trust or SPE issues beneficial interests in the form of senior and subordinated securities backed or collateralized by the assets sold to the trust. The senior classes of the asset-backed securities typically receive investment grade credit ratings at the time of issuance. These ratings are generally achieved through the creation of lower-rated subordinated classes of asset-backed securities, as well as subordinated or residual interests. In certain cases, we may retain a portion or all of the securities issued, interest-only strips, one or more subordinated tranches, servicing rights and, in some cases, cash reserve accounts. Securitized loans are removed from the balance sheet and a net gain or loss is recognized in Noninterest income at the time of initial sale. Gains or losses recognized on the sale of the loans depend on the fair value of the loans sold and the retained interests at the date of sale. We generally estimate the fair value of the retained interests based on the present value of future expected cash flows using assumptions as to discount rates, interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit losses and servicing costs, if applicable.
With the exception of loan sales to certain U.S. government-chartered entities, our loan sales and securitizations are generally structured without recourse to us except for representations and warranties and with no restrictions on the retained interests. We originate, sell and service commercial mortgage loans under the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) Delegated Underwriting and Servicing (DUS) program. Under the provisions of the DUS program, we participate in a loss-sharing arrangement with FNMA. We participated in a similar program with the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC). When we are obligated for loss-sharing or recourse, our policy is to record such liabilities initially at fair value and subsequently reserve for estimated losses in accordance with guidance contained in applicable GAAP. Refer to Note 21 Commitments and Guarantees for more information about our obligations related to sales of loans under these programs.
Loans Held For Sale
We designate loans as held for sale when we have the intent to sell them. We transfer loans to the Loans held for sale category at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less cost to sell. At the time of transfer, write-downs on the loans are recorded as charge-offs. We establish a new cost basis upon transfer. Any subsequent lower-of-cost-or-market adjustment is determined on an individual loan basis and is recognized as a valuation allowance with any charges included in Other noninterest income. Sale proceeds that are in excess of the new cost basis upon transfer and are received within 90 days of classifying the loan as held for sale are recorded as a recovery to the ALLL up to the amount previously charged off. Any remaining proceeds that exist after recovery are recorded as a gain on sale included in Other noninterest income. Sale proceeds that are less than the new cost basis upon transfer and are received within 90 days of classifying the loan as held for sale are recorded as a charge off to the ALLL. Any proceeds received after 90 days of classifying the loan as held for sale are recorded as a gain or loss on sale and included in Other noninterest income.
We have elected to account for certain commercial and residential mortgage loans held for sale at fair value. The changes in the fair value of the commercial mortgage loans are measured and recorded in Other noninterest income while the residential mortgage loans are measured and recorded in Residential mortgage noninterest income each period. See Note 7 Fair Value for additional information.
Interest income with respect to loans held for sale is accrued based on the principal amount outstanding and the loan’s contractual interest rate.
In certain circumstances, loans designated as held for sale may be transferred to held for investment based on a change in strategy. We transfer these loans at the lower of cost or estimated fair value; however, any loans originated or purchased for held for sale and designated at fair value remain at fair value for the life of the loan.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 113
Nonperforming Loans and Leases
The matrix below summarizes PNC’s policies for classifying certain loans as nonperforming loans and/or discontinuing the accrual of loan interest income.
Commercial loans
Loans Classified as Nonperforming and Accounted for as Nonaccrual
• Loans accounted for at amortized cost where:
- The loan is 90 days or more past due.
- The loan is rated substandard or worse due to the determination that full collection of principal and interest is not probable as demonstrated by the following conditions:
• The collection of principal or interest is 90 days or more past due;
• Reasonable doubt exists as to the certainty of the borrower’s future debt service ability, according to the terms of the credit arrangement, regardless of whether 90 days have passed or not;
• The borrower has filed or will likely file for bankruptcy;
• The bank advances additional funds to cover principal or interest;
• We are in the process of liquidating a commercial borrower; or
• We are pursuing remedies under a guarantee.
Loans Excluded from Nonperforming Classification but Accounted for as Nonaccrual
• Loans accounted for under the fair value option and full collection of principal and interest is not probable.
• Loans accounted for at the lower of cost or market less costs to sell (Held for Sale) and full collection of principal and interest is not probable.
Loans Excluded from Nonperforming Classification and Nonaccrual Accounting
• Purchased impaired loans because interest income is accreted by nature of the accounting for these assets.
• Loans that are well secured and in the process of collection.
Consumer loans
Loans Classified as Nonperforming and Accounted for as Nonaccrual
• Loans accounted for at amortized cost where full collection of contractual principal and interest is not deemed probable as demonstrated in the policies below:
- The loan is 90 days past due for home equity and installment loans, and 180 days past due for well secured residential real estate loans;
- The loan has been modified and classified as a troubled debt restructuring (TDR);
- Notification of bankruptcy has been received and the loan is 30 days or more past due;
- The bank holds a subordinate lien position in the loan and the first lien loan is seriously stressed (i.e., 90 days or more past due);
- Other loans within the same borrower relationship have been placed on nonaccrual or charge-offs have been taken on them;
- The bank has repossessed non-real estate collateral securing the loan; or
- The bank has charged-off the loan to the value of the collateral.
Loans Excluded from Nonperforming Classification but Accounted for as Nonaccrual
• Loans accounted for under the fair value option and full collection of principal and interest is not probable.
• Loans accounted for at the lower of cost or market less costs to sell (Held for Sale) and full collection of principal and interest is not probable.
Loans Excluded from Nonperforming Classification and Nonaccrual Accounting
• Purchased impaired loans because interest income is accreted through the accounting model.
• Certain government insured loans where substantially all principal and interest is insured.
• Residential real estate loans that are well secured and in the process of collection.
• Consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, as permitted by regulatory guidance.
114 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
See Note 3 Asset Quality in this Report for additional detail on nonperforming assets and asset quality indicators for commercial and consumer loans.
Commercial Loans
We generally charge off Commercial Lending (Commercial, Commercial Real Estate, and Equipment Lease Financing) nonperforming loans when we determine that a specific loan, or portion thereof, is uncollectible. This determination is based on the specific facts and circumstances of the individual loans. In making this determination, we consider the viability of the business or project as a going concern, the past due status when the asset is not well-secured, the expected cash flows to repay the loan, the value of the collateral, and the ability and willingness of any guarantors to perform.
Additionally, in general, for smaller dollar commercial loans of $1 million or less, a partial or full charge-off occurs at 120 days past due for term loans and 180 days past due for revolvers. Certain small business credit card balances that are placed on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days or more past due are charged-off at 180 days past due.
Consumer Loans
Home equity installment loans, home equity lines of credit, and residential real estate loans that are not well-secured and in the process of collection are charged-off at no later than 180 days past due. At that time, the basis in the loan is reduced to the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. In addition to this policy, the bank recognizes a charge-off on a secured consumer loan when:
•
The bank holds a subordinate lien position in the loan and a foreclosure notice has been received on the first lien loan;
•
The bank holds a subordinate lien position in the loan which is 30 days or more past due with a combined loan to value ratio of greater than or equal to 110% and the first lien loan is seriously stressed (i.e., 90 days or more past due);
•
The loan is modified or otherwise restructured in a manner that results in the loan becoming collateral dependent;
•
Notification of bankruptcy has been received within the last 60 days and the loan is 60 days or more past due;
•
The borrower has been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and has not formally reaffirmed his or her loan obligation to PNC; or
•
The collateral securing the loan has been repossessed and the value of the collateral is less than the recorded investment of the loan outstanding.
For loans that continue to meet any of the above policies, collateral values are updated annually and subsequent declines in collateral values are charged-off resulting in incremental provision for credit loss.
Most consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, are charged off after 120-180 days past due.
Accounting for Nonperforming Assets and Leases and Other Nonaccrual Loans
For accrual loans, interest income is accrued on a monthly basis and certain fees and costs are deferred upon origination and recognized in income over the term of the loan utilizing an effective yield method. For nonaccrual loans, interest income accrual and deferred fee/cost recognition is discontinued. Additionally, the current year accrued and uncollected interest is reversed through Net interest income and prior year accrued and uncollected interest is charged-off. Nonaccrual loans may also be charged-off to reduce the basis to the fair value of collateral less costs to sell.
If payment is received on a nonaccrual loan, generally the payment is first applied to the recorded investment; payments are then applied to recover any charged-off amounts related to the loan. Finally, if both recorded investment and any charge-offs have been recovered, then the payment will be recorded as fee and interest income.
For TDRs, payments are applied based upon their contractual terms unless the related loan is deemed non-performing. TDRs are generally included in nonperforming and nonaccrual loans. However, after a reasonable period of time in which the loan performs under restructured terms and meets other performance indicators, it is returned to performing/accruing status. This return to performing/accruing status demonstrates that the bank expects to collect all of the loan’s remaining contractual principal and interest. TDRs resulting from 1) borrowers that have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to PNC and 2) borrowers that are not currently obligated to make both principal and interest payments under the restructured terms are not returned to accrual status.
Other nonaccrual loans are generally not returned to accrual status until the borrower has performed in accordance with the contractual terms and other performance indicators for at least six months, the period of time which was determined to demonstrate the expected collection of the loan’s remaining contractual principal and interest. When a nonperforming loan is returned to accrual status, it is then considered a performing loan.
See Note 3 Asset Quality and Note 5 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit in this Report for additional TDR information.
Foreclosed assets are comprised of any asset seized or property acquired through a foreclosure proceeding or acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure. Other real estate owned is comprised principally of commercial and residential
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 115
real estate properties obtained in partial or total satisfaction of loan obligations. After obtaining a foreclosure judgment, or in some jurisdictions the initiation of proceedings under a power of sale in the loan instruments, the property will be sold. When we are awarded title or completion of deed in lieu of foreclosure, we transfer the loan to foreclosed assets included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Property obtained in satisfaction of a loan is initially recorded at estimated fair value less cost to sell. Based upon the estimated fair value less cost to sell, the recorded investment of the loan is adjusted and, typically, a charge-off/recovery is recognized to the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (ALLL). We estimate fair values primarily based on appraisals, or sales agreements with third parties. Subsequently, foreclosed assets are valued at the lower of the amount recorded at acquisition date or estimated fair value less cost to sell. Valuation adjustments on these assets and gains or losses realized from disposition of such property are reflected in Other noninterest expense.
For certain mortgage loans that have a government guarantee, we establish a separate other receivable upon foreclosure. The receivable is measured based on the loan balance (inclusive of principal and interest) that is expected to be recovered from the guarantor.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
We maintain the ALLL at a level that we believe to be appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred in the loan and lease portfolios as of the balance sheet date. Our determination of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of these loan and lease portfolios and other relevant factors. This critical estimate includes significant use of PNC’s own historical data and complex methods to interpret this data. These evaluations are inherently subjective, as they require material estimates and may be susceptible to significant change, and include, among others:
•
Probability of default (PD),
•
Loss given default (LGD),
•
Outstanding balance of the loan,
•
Movement through delinquency stages,
•
Amounts and timing of expected future cash flows,
•
Value of collateral, which may be obtained from third parties, and
•
Qualitative factors, such as changes in current economic conditions, that may not be reflected in modeled results.
For all loans, except purchased impaired loans, the ALLL is the sum of three components: (i) asset specific/individual impaired reserves, (ii) quantitative (formulaic or pooled) reserves and (iii) qualitative (judgmental) reserves.
The reserve calculation and determination process is dependent on the use of key assumptions. Key reserve assumptions and estimation processes react to and are
influenced by observed changes in loan portfolio performance experience, the financial strength of the borrower, and economic conditions. Key reserve assumptions are periodically updated.
Asset Specific/Individual Component
Nonperforming loans that are considered impaired under ASC 310 - Receivables, which include all commercial and consumer TDRs, are evaluated for a specific reserve. Specific reserve allocations are determined as follows:
•
For commercial nonperforming loans and commercial TDRs greater than or equal to a defined dollar threshold, specific reserves are based on an analysis of the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral.
•
For commercial nonperforming loans and commercial TDRs below the defined dollar threshold, the individual loan’s loss given default (LGD) percentage is multiplied by the loan balance and the results are aggregated for purposes of measuring specific reserve impairment.
•
Consumer nonperforming loans are collectively reserved for unless classified as consumer TDRs. For consumer TDRs, specific reserves are determined through an analysis of the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, except for those instances where loans have been deemed collateral dependent, including loans where borrowers have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to PNC. Once that determination has been made, those TDRs are charged down to the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell at each period end.
Commercial Lending Quantitative Component
The estimates of the quantitative component of ALLL for incurred losses within the commercial lending portfolio segment are determined through statistical loss modeling utilizing PD, LGD and outstanding balance of the loan. Based upon loan risk ratings, we assign PDs and LGDs. Each of these statistical parameters is determined based on internal historical data and market data. PD is influenced by such factors as liquidity, industry, obligor financial structure, access to capital and cash flow. LGD is influenced by collateral type, original and/or updated loan-to-value ratio (LTV), facility structure and other factors.
Consumer Lending Quantitative Component
Quantitative estimates within the consumer lending portfolio segment are calculated primarily using a roll-rate model based on statistical relationships, calculated from historical data that estimate the movement of loan outstandings through the various stages of delinquency and ultimately charge-off over our loss emergence period.
116 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Qualitative Component
While our reserve methodologies strive to reflect all relevant risk factors, there continues to be uncertainty associated with, but not limited to, potential imprecision in the estimation process due to the inherent time lag of obtaining information and normal variations between estimates and actual outcomes. We provide additional reserves that are designed to provide coverage for losses attributable to such risks. The ALLL also includes factors that may not be directly measured in the determination of specific or pooled reserves. Such qualitative factors may include:
•
Industry concentrations and conditions,
•
Recent credit quality trends,
•
Recent loss experience in particular portfolios,
•
Recent macro-economic factors,
•
Model imprecision,
•
Changes in lending policies and procedures,
•
Timing of available information, including the performance of first lien positions, and
•
Limitations of available historical data.
Allowance for Purchased Non-Impaired Loans
ALLL for purchased non-impaired loans is determined based upon a comparison between the methodologies described above and the remaining acquisition date fair value discount that has yet to be accreted into interest income. After making the comparison, an ALLL is recorded for the amount greater than the discount, or no ALLL is recorded if the discount is greater.
Allowance for Purchased Impaired Loans
ALLL for purchased impaired loans is determined in accordance with ASC 310-30 by comparing the net present value of the cash flows expected to be collected to the recorded investment for a given loan (or pool of loans). In cases where the net present value of expected cash flows is lower than the recorded investment, ALLL is established. Cash flows expected to be collected represent management’s best estimate of the cash flows expected over the life of a loan (or pool of loans). For large balance commercial loans, cash flows are separately estimated at the loan level. For smaller balance pooled loans, pool cash flows are estimated using cash flow models. Pools were defined at acquisition based on the risk characteristics of the loan. Our cash flow models use loan data including, but not limited to, contractual loan balance, delinquency status of the loan, updated borrower FICO credit scores, geographic information, historical loss experience, and updated LTVs, as well as best estimates for changes in unemployment rates, home prices and other economic factors, to determine estimated cash flows.
Our credit risk management policies, procedures and practices are designed to promote sound lending standards and prudent credit risk management. We have policies, procedures and practices that address financial statement requirements, collateral review and appraisal requirements, advance rates
based upon collateral types, appropriate levels of exposure, cross-border risk, lending to specialized industries or borrower type, guarantor requirements, and regulatory compliance.
Allowance for Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit
We maintain the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit at a level we believe is appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred on these unfunded credit facilities as of the balance sheet date. We determine the allowance based on periodic evaluations of the unfunded credit facilities, including an assessment of the probability of commitment usage, credit risk factors, and, solely for commercial lending, the terms and expiration dates of the unfunded credit facilities. Other than the estimation of the probability of funding, the reserve for unfunded loan commitments is estimated in a manner similar to the methodology used for determining reserves for funded exposures. The allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit is recorded as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Net adjustments to the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit are included in the provision for credit losses.
See Note 5 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit for additional loan data and application of the policies disclosed herein.
Mortgage And Other Servicing Rights
We provide servicing under various loan servicing contracts for commercial, residential and other consumer loans. These contracts are either purchased in the open market or retained as part of a loan securitization or loan sale. All newly acquired or originated servicing rights are initially measured at fair value. Fair value is based on the present value of the expected future net cash flows, including assumptions as to:
•
Deposit balances and interest rates for escrow and commercial reserve earnings,
•
Discount rates,
•
Estimated prepayment speeds, and
•
Estimated servicing costs.
As of January 1, 2014, PNC made an irrevocable election to subsequently measure all classes of commercial MSRs at fair value in order to eliminate any potential measurement mismatch between our economic hedges and the commercial MSRs. The impact was not material. As a result of that election, changes in the fair value of commercial MSRs are recognized as gains/(losses).
Prior to January 1, 2014, we elected to utilize the amortization method for subsequent measurement of our commercial mortgage loan servicing rights. This election was made based on the unique characteristics of the commercial mortgage
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 117
loans underlying these servicing rights. Specific risk characteristics of commercial mortgages include loan type, currency or exchange rate, interest rates, expected cash flows and changes in the cost of servicing. We amortized these servicing assets over their estimated lives based on estimated net servicing income. On a quarterly basis, we tested the assets for impairment by categorizing the pools of assets underlying the servicing rights into various strata. If the estimated fair value of the assets was less than the carrying value, an impairment loss was recognized and a valuation reserve was established.
For servicing rights related to residential real estate loans, we apply the fair value method. This election was made to be consistent with our risk management strategy to hedge changes in the fair value of these assets. We manage this risk by hedging the fair value of this asset with derivatives and securities which are expected to increase in value when the value of the servicing right declines. The fair value of these servicing rights is estimated by using a cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors which are determined based on current market conditions.
Fair Value Of Financial Instruments
The fair value of financial instruments and the methods and assumptions used in estimating fair value amounts and financial assets and liabilities for which fair value was elected are detailed in Note 7 Fair Value.
Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets
We assess goodwill for impairment at least annually, in the fourth quarter, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate the assets might be impaired. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized to expense using accelerated or straight-line methods over their respective estimated useful lives. We review finite-lived intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying amount may not be recoverable from undiscounted future cash flows or that it may exceed its fair value.
Depreciation And Amortization
For financial reporting purposes, we depreciate premises and equipment, net of salvage value, principally using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives.
We use estimated useful lives for furniture and equipment ranging from one to 10 years, and depreciate buildings over an estimated useful life of up to 40 years. We amortize leasehold improvements over their estimated useful lives of up to 15 years or the respective lease terms, whichever is shorter.
We purchase, as well as internally develop and customize, certain software to enhance or perform internal business
functions. Software development costs incurred in the planning and post-development project stages are charged to Noninterest expense. Costs associated with designing software configuration and interfaces, installation, coding programs and testing systems are capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over periods ranging from one to 10 years.
Repurchase And Resale Agreements
Repurchase and resale agreements are treated as collateralized financing transactions and are carried at the amounts at which the securities will be subsequently reacquired or resold, including accrued interest, as specified in the respective agreements. Our policy is to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell. We monitor the market value of securities to be repurchased and resold and additional collateral may be obtained where considered appropriate to protect against credit exposure. We have elected to account for structured resale agreements at fair value.
Other Comprehensive Income
Other comprehensive income consists, on an after-tax basis, primarily of unrealized gains or losses, excluding OTTI attributable to credit deterioration, on investment securities classified as available for sale, unrealized gains or losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, and changes in pension and other postretirement benefit plan liability adjustments. Details of each component are included in Note 17 Other Comprehensive Income.
Treasury Stock
We record common stock purchased for treasury at cost. At the date of subsequent reissue, the treasury stock account is reduced by the cost of such stock on the first-in, first-out basis.
Derivative Instruments And Hedging Activities
We use a variety of financial derivatives as part of our overall asset and liability risk management process to help manage exposure to interest rate, market and credit risk inherent in our business activities. Interest rate and total return swaps, swaptions, interest rate caps and floors, options, forwards, and futures contracts are the primary instruments we use for interest rate risk management.
Financial derivatives involve, to varying degrees, interest rate, market and credit risk. We manage these risks as part of our asset and liability management process and through credit policies and procedures.
We recognize all derivative instruments at fair value as either Other assets or Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the related cash flows in the Operating Activities section of the Consolidated Statement Of Cash Flows. Adjustments for counterparty credit risk are included in the determination of fair value. The accounting for changes in the
118 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a cash flow or net investment hedging relationship. For all other derivatives, changes in fair value are recognized in earnings.
We utilize a net presentation for derivative instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheet taking into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements. Cash collateral exchanged with counterparties is also netted against the applicable derivative exposures by offsetting obligations to return, or general rights to reclaim, cash collateral against the fair values of the net derivatives being collateralized.
For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as accounting hedges, we designate the hedging instrument, based on the exposure being hedged, as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge or a hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation.
We formally document the relationship between the hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk management objective and strategy, before undertaking an accounting hedge. To qualify for hedge accounting, the derivatives and related hedged items must be designated as a hedge at inception of the hedge relationship. For accounting hedge relationships, we formally assess, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, if the derivatives are highly effective in offsetting designated changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item. If it is determined that the derivative instrument is not highly effective, hedge accounting is discontinued.
For derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges (i.e., hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset or a liability attributable to a particular risk, such as changes in LIBOR), changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument are recognized in earnings and offset by also recognizing in earnings the changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. To the extent the change in fair value of the derivative does not offset the change in fair value of the hedged item, the difference or ineffectiveness is reflected in the Consolidated Income Statement in the same financial statement category as the hedged item.
For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges (i.e., hedging the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows), the effective portions of the gain or loss on derivatives are reported as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and subsequently reclassified to income in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The change in fair value attributable to the ineffective portion of the hedging instrument is recognized immediately in Noninterest income.
For derivatives designated as a hedge of net investment in a foreign operation, the effective portions of the gain or loss on
the derivatives are reported as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The change in fair value attributable to the ineffective portion of the hedging instrument is recognized immediately in Noninterest income.
We discontinue hedge accounting when it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective hedge; the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; or the derivative is de-designated as a fair value or cash flow hedge or, for a cash flow hedge, it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur by the end of the originally specified time period. If we determine that the derivative no longer qualifies as a fair value or cash flow hedge and hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative will continue to be recorded on the balance sheet at its fair value with changes in fair value included in current earnings. For a discontinued fair value hedge, the previously hedged item is no longer adjusted for changes in fair value.
When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is no longer probable that a forecasted transaction will occur, the derivative will continue to be recorded on the balance sheet at its fair value with changes in fair value included in current earnings, and the gains and losses in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) will be recognized immediately into earnings. When we discontinue hedge accounting because the hedging instrument is sold, terminated or no longer designated, the amount reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) up to the date of sale, termination or de-designation continues to be reported in Other comprehensive income or loss until the forecasted transaction affects earnings. We did not terminate any cash flow hedges in 2015, 2014 or 2013 due to a determination that a forecasted transaction was no longer probable of occurring.
We purchase or originate financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative. At the inception of the transaction, we assess if the economic characteristics of the embedded derivative are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, whether the hybrid financial instrument is measured at fair value with changes in fair value reported in earnings, and whether a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would be a derivative. If the embedded derivative does not meet all of these conditions, the embedded derivative is recorded separately from the host contract with changes in fair value recorded in earnings, unless we elect to account for the hybrid instrument at fair value.
We have elected on an instrument-by-instrument basis, fair value measurement for certain financial instruments with embedded derivatives.
We enter into commitments to originate residential and commercial mortgage loans for sale. We also enter into commitments to purchase or sell commercial and residential real estate loans. These commitments are accounted for as
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 119
free-standing derivatives which are recorded at fair value in Other assets or Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Any gain or loss from the change in fair value after the inception of the commitment is recognized in Noninterest income.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that we expect will apply at the time when we believe the differences will reverse. The recognition of deferred tax assets requires an assessment to determine the realization of such assets. Realization refers to the incremental benefit achieved through the reduction in future taxes payable or refunds receivable from the deferred tax assets, assuming that the underlying deductible differences and carryforwards are the last items to enter into the determination of future taxable income. We establish a valuation allowance for tax assets when it is more likely than not that they will not be realized, based upon all available positive and negative evidence.
We use the deferral method of accounting on investments that generate investment tax credits. Under this method, the investment tax credits are recognized as a reduction to the related asset.
Earnings Per Common Share
Basic earnings per common share is calculated using the two-class method to determine income attributable to common shareholders. Unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents are considered participating securities under the two-class method. Distributed dividends and dividend equivalents related to participating securities and an allocation of undistributed net income reduce the amount of income attributable to common shareholders. Income attributable to common shareholders is then divided by the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the period.
Diluted earnings per common share is calculated under the more dilutive of either the treasury method or the two-class method. For the diluted calculation, we increase the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding by the assumed conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock from the beginning of the year or date of issuance, if later, and the number of shares of common stock that would be issued assuming the exercise of stock options and warrants and the issuance of incentive shares using the treasury stock method. These adjustments to the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding are made only when such adjustments will dilute earnings per common share. See Note 15 Earnings Per Share for additional information.
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
In May 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2015-07, Fair Value Measurements (Topic 820): Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or its Equivalent). The ASU was issued to reduce diversity in practice related to how certain investments measured at net asset value with future redemption dates are categorized in the fair value hierarchy. The ASU eliminates the requirement (i) to categorize within the fair value hierarchy investments whose fair value is measured using the NAV per share practical expedient, and (ii) to make certain disclosures for those investments for which an entity has elected to measure the fair value using the practical expedient. We elected to early adopt the ASU as of December 31, 2015 which reduced the disclosure of level 3 assets by $347 million and $469 million as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.
In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-11, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures. This ASU impacts the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions and transfers executed contemporaneously with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty (i.e., a repurchase financing) by requiring secured borrowing accounting. We adopted this accounting as of January 1, 2015. Pursuant to this guidance, the disclosure requirements were adopted in the second quarter of 2015. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material effect on our results of operations or financial position.
In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-14, Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Classification of Certain Government-Guaranteed Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force). This ASU requires that a mortgage loan be derecognized and that a separate other receivable be recognized upon foreclosure when (i) the loan has a government guarantee that is not separable from the loan before foreclosure; (ii) the creditor has the intent to convey the real estate to the guarantor and make a claim on the guarantee and the creditor has the ability to recover under that claim at the time of foreclosure; and (iii) any amount of the claim that is determined upon the basis of the real estate is fixed at the time of foreclosure. The receivable should be measured based on the loan balance (inclusive of principal and interest) that is expected to be recovered from the guarantor. This ASU is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The ASU may be adopted using either a prospective or modified retrospective transition method consistent with the method elected to adopt ASU 2014-04, Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40):
120 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure. We adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2015. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material effect on our results of operations or financial position.
In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure. This ASU clarifies that an in substance repossession or foreclosure is considered to have occurred, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon a) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or b) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy the loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. We adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2015. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material effect on our results of operations or financial position.
NOTE 2 LOAN SALE AND SERVICING ACTIVITIES AND VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
Loan Sale and Servicing Activities
We have transferred residential and commercial mortgage loans in securitization or sales transactions in which we have continuing involvement. These transfers have occurred through Agency securitization, Non-agency securitization, and loan sale transactions. Agency securitizations consist of securitization transactions with Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) (collectively the Agencies). FNMA and FHLMC generally securitize our transferred loans into mortgage-backed securities for sale into the secondary market through special purpose entities (SPEs) that they sponsor. We, as an authorized GNMA issuer/servicer, pool Federal Housing Administration (FHA) and Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) insured loans into mortgage-backed securities for sale into the secondary market. In Non-agency securitizations, we have transferred loans into securitization SPEs. In other instances, third-party investors have also purchased our loans in loan sale transactions and in certain instances have subsequently sold these loans into securitization SPEs. Securitization SPEs utilized in the Agency and Non-agency securitization transactions are variable interest entities (VIEs).
Our continuing involvement in the FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA securitizations, Non-agency securitizations, and loan sale transactions generally consists of servicing, repurchasing previously transferred loans under certain conditions and loss share arrangements, and, in limited circumstances, holding of mortgage-backed securities issued by the securitization SPEs.
Depending on the transaction, we may act as the master, primary, and/or special servicer to the securitization SPEs or third-party investors. Servicing responsibilities typically consist of collecting and remitting monthly borrower principal and interest payments, maintaining escrow deposits, performing loss mitigation and foreclosure activities, and, in certain instances, funding of servicing advances. Servicing advances, which are reimbursable, are made for principal and interest and collateral protection and are carried in Other assets at cost.
We earn servicing and other ancillary fees for our role as servicer and, depending on the contractual terms of the servicing arrangement, we can be terminated as servicer with or without cause. At the consummation date of each type of loan transfer where PNC retains the servicing, we recognize a servicing right at fair value. See Note 7 Fair Value and Note 8 Goodwill and Intangible Assets for further discussion of our servicing rights.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 121
Certain loans transferred to the Agencies contain removal of account provisions (ROAPs). Under these ROAPs, we hold an option to repurchase at par individual delinquent loans that meet certain criteria. In other limited cases, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) has granted us the right to repurchase current loans when we intend to modify the borrower’s interest rate under established guidelines. When we have the unilateral ability to repurchase a loan, effective control over the loan has been regained and we recognize an asset (in either Loans or Loans held for sale) and a corresponding liability (in Other borrowed funds) on the balance sheet regardless of our intent to repurchase the loan. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, these assets and liabilities both totaled $120 million and $136 million, respectively.
The Agency and Non-agency mortgage-backed securities issued by the securitization SPEs that are purchased and held on our balance sheet are typically purchased in the secondary market. PNC does not retain any credit risk on its Agency mortgage-backed security positions as FNMA, FHLMC, and the U.S. Government (for GNMA) guarantee losses of principal and interest.
We also have involvement with certain Agency and Non-agency commercial securitization SPEs where we have not transferred commercial mortgage loans. These SPEs were sponsored by independent third-parties and the loans held by these entities were purchased exclusively from other third-parties. Generally, our involvement with these SPEs is as servicer with servicing activities consistent with those described above.
We recognize a liability for our loss exposure associated with contractual obligations to repurchase previously transferred loans due to breaches of representations and warranties and also for loss sharing arrangements (recourse obligations) with the Agencies. Other than providing temporary liquidity under servicing advances and our loss exposure associated with our repurchase and recourse obligations, we have not provided nor are we required to provide any type of credit support, guarantees, or commitments to the securitization SPEs or third-party investors in these transactions. See Note 21 Commitments and Guarantees for further discussion of our repurchase and recourse obligations.
The following table provides cash flows associated with PNC’s loan sale and servicing activities:
Table 50: Cash Flows Associated with Loan Sale and Servicing Activities
(a) Represents cash flow information associated with both commercial mortgage loan transfer and servicing activities.
(b) These activities were part of an acquired brokered home equity lending business in which PNC is no longer engaged.
(c) Gains/losses recognized on sales of loans were insignificant for the periods presented.
(d) Includes residential mortgage government insured or guaranteed loans eligible for repurchase through the exercise of our ROAP option, and loans repurchased due to alleged breaches of origination covenants or representations and warranties made to purchasers. Includes home equity lines of credit repurchased at the end of their draw periods due to contractual requirements.
(e) Includes contractually specified servicing fees, late charges and ancillary fees.
(f) Represents cash flows on securities we hold issued by a securitization SPE in which PNC transferred to and/or services loans. The carrying value of such securities held were $6.6 billion in residential mortgage-backed securities and $1.3 billion in commercial mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2015 and $3.4 billion in residential mortgage-backed securities and $1.3 billion in commercial mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2014.
122 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
The table below presents information about the principal balances of transferred loans that we service and are not recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We would only experience a loss on these transferred loans if we were required to repurchase a loan due to a breach in representations and warranties or a loss sharing arrangement associated with our continuing involvement with these loans. For more information regarding our recourse and repurchase obligations, including our reserve of estimated losses, see the Recourse and Repurchase Obligations section of Note 21 Commitments and Guarantees.
Table 51: Principal Balance, Delinquent Loans, and Net Charge-offs Related to Serviced Loans For Others
(a) Represents information at the securitization level in which PNC has sold loans and is the servicer for the securitization.
(b) These activities were part of an acquired brokered home equity lending business in which PNC is no longer engaged.
(c) Serviced delinquent loans are 90 days or more past due or are in process of foreclosure.
(d) Net charge-offs for Residential mortgages and Home equity loans/lines represent credit losses less recoveries distributed and as reported to investors during the period. Net charge-offs for Commercial mortgages represent credit losses less recoveries distributed and as reported by the trustee for commercial mortgage backed securitizations. Realized losses for Agency securitizations are not reflected as we do not manage the underlying real estate upon foreclosure and, as such, do not have access to loss information.
Variable Interest Entities (VIEs)
We are involved with various entities in the normal course of business that are deemed to be VIEs. We assess VIEs for consolidation based upon the accounting policies described in Note 1 Accounting Policies. The following provides a summary of VIEs, including those that we have consolidated and those in which we hold variable interests but have not consolidated into our financial statements as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. We have not provided additional financial support to these entities which we are not contractually required to provide.
Table 52: Consolidated VIEs - Carrying Value (a) (b)
(a) Amounts represent carrying value on PNC’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Difference between total assets and total liabilities represents the equity portion of the VIE or intercompany assets and liabilities which are eliminated in consolidation.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 123
Credit Card Securitization Trust
We were the sponsor of several credit card securitizations facilitated through a trust. This bankruptcy-remote SPE was established to purchase credit card receivables from the sponsor and to issue and sell asset-backed securities created by it to independent third-parties. The SPE was financed primarily through the sale of these asset-backed securities. These transactions were originally structured to provide liquidity and to afford favorable capital treatment.
Our continuing involvement in these securitization transactions consisted primarily of holding certain retained interests and acting as the primary servicer. We consolidated the SPE as we were deemed the primary beneficiary of the entity based upon our level of continuing involvement. Our role as primary servicer gave us the power to direct the activities of the SPE that most significantly affect its economic performance and our holding of retained interests gave us the obligation to absorb expected losses, or the ability to receive residual returns that could be potentially significant to the SPE. The underlying assets of the consolidated SPE were restricted only for payment of the beneficial interests issued by the SPE. Additionally, creditors of the SPE have no direct recourse to PNC.
During 2012, the last series issued by the SPE, Series 2007-1, matured. At December 31, 2015, we continued to consolidate this SPE as we were the primary beneficiary of the SPE through our holding of seller’s interest and our role as the primary servicer.
Tax Credit Investments
We make certain equity investments in various tax credit limited partnerships or limited liability companies (LLCs). The purpose of these investments is to achieve a satisfactory return on capital and to assist us in achieving goals associated with the Community Reinvestment Act.
Also, we are a national syndicator of affordable housing equity. In these syndication transactions, we create funds in which our subsidiaries are the general partner or managing member and sell limited partnership or non-managing member interests to third parties. In some cases PNC may also
purchase a limited partnership or non-managing member interest in the fund. The purpose of this business is to generate income from the syndication of these funds, generate servicing fees by managing the funds, and earn tax credits to reduce our tax liability. General partner or managing member activities include identifying, evaluating, structuring, negotiating, and closing the fund investments in operating limited partnerships or LLCs, as well as oversight of the ongoing operations of the fund portfolio.
Typically, the general partner or managing member will be the party that has the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity. However, certain partnership or LLC agreements provide the limited partner or non-managing member the ability to remove the general partner or managing member without cause. This results in the limited partner or non-managing member being the party that has the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity. The primary sources of benefits for these investments are the tax credits and passive losses which reduce our tax liability. We have consolidated investments in which we have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the entity’s performance, and have an obligation to absorb expected losses or receive benefits that could be potentially significant. The assets are primarily included in Equity investments and Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet with the liabilities classified in Other borrowed funds, Accrued expenses, and Other liabilities and the third-party investors’ interests included in the Equity section as Noncontrolling interests. Neither creditors nor equity investors in these investments have any recourse to our general credit. The consolidated assets and liabilities of these investments are provided in Table 52.
The following table provides a summary of non-consolidated VIEs with which we have significant continuing involvement but are not the primary beneficiary. We do not consider our continuing involvement to be significant when it relates to a VIE where we only invest in securities issued by the VIE and were not involved in the design of the VIE or where no transfers have occurred between PNC and the VIE. We have excluded certain transactions with non-consolidated VIEs from the balances presented in Table 53 where we have determined that our continuing involvement is not significant.
124 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Table 53: Non-Consolidated VIEs
(a) This represents loans, investments and other assets related to non-consolidated VIEs, net of collateral (if applicable).
(b) Amounts reflect involvement with securitization SPEs where PNC transferred to and/or services loans for an SPE and we hold securities issued by that SPE. Values disclosed in the PNC Risk of Loss column represent our maximum exposure to loss for those securities’ holdings.
(c) Included in Trading securities, Investment securities, Other intangible assets and Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(d) Included in Loans, Equity investments and Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(e) Included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(f) Included in Deposits and Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Residential and Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securitizations
In connection with each Agency and Non-agency securitization discussed above, we evaluate each SPE utilized in these transactions for consolidation. In performing these assessments, we evaluate our level of continuing involvement in these transactions as the nature of our involvement ultimately determines whether or not we hold a variable interest and/or are the primary beneficiary of the SPE. Factors we consider in our consolidation assessment include the significance of (i) our role as servicer, (ii) our holdings of mortgage-backed securities issued by the securitization SPE, and (iii) the rights of third-party variable interest holders.
The first step in our assessment is to determine whether we hold a variable interest in the securitization SPE. We hold variable interests in Agency and Non-agency securitization SPEs through our holding of mortgage-backed securities issued by the SPEs and/or our recourse obligations. Each SPE in which we hold a variable interest is evaluated to determine whether we are the primary beneficiary of the entity. For Agency securitization transactions, our contractual role as servicer does not give us the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the SPEs. Thus, we are not the primary beneficiary of these entities. For Non-agency securitization transactions, we would be the primary beneficiary to the extent our servicing activities give us the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the SPE and we hold a more than insignificant variable interest in the entity.
Details about the Agency and Non-agency securitization SPEs where we hold a variable interest and are not the primary beneficiary are included in Table 53. Our maximum exposure to loss as a result of our involvement with these SPEs is the carrying value of the mortgage-backed securities, servicing assets, servicing advances, and our liabilities associated with our recourse obligations. Creditors of the securitization SPEs have no recourse to PNC’s assets or general credit.
Tax Credit Investments and Other
For tax credit investments in which we do not have the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity, we are not the primary beneficiary and thus they are not consolidated. These investments are disclosed in Table 53. The table also reflects our maximum exposure to loss exclusive of any potential tax credit recapture. Our maximum exposure to loss is equal to our legally binding equity commitments adjusted for recorded impairment, partnership results, or amortization for qualifying low income housing tax credit investments when applicable. For all legally binding unfunded equity commitments, we increase our recognized investment and recognize a liability. As of December 31, 2015, we had a liability for unfunded commitments of $.5 billion related to investments in qualified affordable housing projects which is reflected in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Table 53 also includes our involvement in lease financing transactions with LLCs engaged in solar power generation that to a large extent provided returns in the form of tax credits. The outstanding financings and operating lease assets are reflected as Loans and Other assets, respectively, on our Consolidated Balance Sheet, whereas related liabilities are reported in Deposits and Other liabilities.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 125
NOTE 3 ASSET QUALITY
We closely monitor economic conditions and loan performance trends to manage and evaluate our exposure to credit risk. Trends in delinquency rates may be a key indicator, among other considerations, of credit risk within the loan portfolios. The measurement of delinquency status is based on the contractual terms of each loan. Loans that are 30 days or more past due in terms of payment are considered delinquent. Loan delinquencies exclude loans held for sale, purchased impaired loans, nonperforming loans and loans accounted for under the fair value option which are on nonaccrual status, but include government insured or guaranteed loans and accruing loans accounted for under the fair value option.
Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and leases, OREO and foreclosed assets, and nonperforming TDRs. Nonperforming loans are those loans accounted for at amortized cost whose credit quality has deteriorated to the extent that full collection of contractual principal and interest is not probable. Interest income is not recognized on these loans. Loans accounted for under the fair value option are reported as performing loans as these loans are accounted for at fair value. However, when nonaccrual criteria is met, interest income is not recognized on these loans. Additionally, certain government insured or guaranteed loans for which we expect to collect substantially all principal and interest are not reported as nonperforming loans and continue to accrue interest. Purchased impaired loans are excluded from nonperforming loans as we are currently accreting interest income over the expected life of the loans. See Note 4 Purchased Loans for further information.
See Note 1 Accounting Policies for additional delinquency, nonperforming, and charge-off information.
126 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
The following tables display the delinquency status of our loans and our nonperforming assets at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
Table 54: Analysis of Loan Portfolio (a)
(a) Amounts in table represent recorded investment and exclude loans held for sale. Recorded investment in a loan includes the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest and net accounting adjustments, less any charge-offs. Recorded investment does not include any associated valuation allowance.
(b) Past due loan amounts exclude purchased impaired loans, even if contractually past due (or if we do not expect to receive payment in full based on the original contractual terms), as we are currently accreting interest income over the expected life of the loans.
(c) Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option for which we do not expect to collect substantially all principal and interest are subject to nonaccrual accounting and classification upon meeting any of our nonaccrual policies. Given that these loans are not accounted for at amortized cost, these loans have been excluded from the nonperforming loan population.
(d) Net of unearned income, net deferred loan fees, unamortized discounts and premiums, and purchase discounts and premiums totaling $1.4 billion and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
(e) Future accretable yield related to purchased impaired loans is not included in the analysis of loan portfolio.
(f) Past due loan amounts at December 31, 2015 include government insured or guaranteed Residential real estate mortgages totaling $56 million for 30 to 59 days past due, $45 million for 60 to 89 days past due and $545 million for 90 days or more past due. Past due loan amounts at December 31, 2014 include government insured or guaranteed Residential real estate mortgages totaling $68 million for 30 to 59 days past due, $43 million for 60 to 89 days past due and $719 million for 90 days or more past due.
(g) Past due loan amounts at December 31, 2015 include government insured or guaranteed Other consumer loans totaling $116 million for 30 to 59 days past due, $75 million for 60 to 89 days past due and $220 million for 90 days or more past due. Past due loan amounts at December 31, 2014 include government insured or guaranteed Other consumer loans totaling $152 million for 30 to 59 days past due, $93 million for 60 to 89 days past due and $277 million for 90 days or more past due.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 127
In the normal course of business, we originate or purchase loan products with contractual characteristics that, when concentrated, may increase our exposure as a holder of those loan products. Possible product features that may create a concentration of credit risk would include a high original or updated LTV ratio, terms that may expose the borrower to future increases in repayments above increases in market interest rates, and interest-only loans, among others. We also originate home equity and residential real estate loans that are concentrated in our primary geographic markets.
We originate interest-only loans to commercial borrowers. Such credit arrangements are usually designed to match borrower cash flow expectations (e.g., working capital lines, revolvers). These products are standard in the financial services industry and product features are considered during the underwriting process to mitigate the increased risk that the interest-only feature may result in borrowers not being able to make interest and principal payments when due. We do not believe that these product features create a concentration of credit risk.
At December 31, 2015, we pledged $20.2 billion of commercial loans to the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) and $56.4 billion of residential real estate and other loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) as collateral for the contingent ability to borrow, if necessary. The comparable amounts at December 31, 2014 were $19.2 billion and $52.8 billion, respectively.
Table 55: Nonperforming Assets
(a) Excludes most consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, which are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due and are not placed on nonperforming status.
(b) Nonperforming loans exclude certain government insured or guaranteed loans, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and purchased impaired loans.
(c) The recorded investment of loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in process of foreclosure was $.6 billion and $.8 billion at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, which included $.3 billion and $.5 billion, respectively, of loans that are government insured/guaranteed.
Nonperforming loans also include certain loans whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, these loans are considered TDRs. See Note 1 Accounting Policies and the TDR section within this Note.
Total nonperforming loans in the nonperforming assets table above include TDRs of $1.1 billion at December 31, 2015 and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2014. TDRs that are performing, including consumer credit card TDR loans, totaled $1.2 billion at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 and are excluded from nonperforming loans. These include TDRs that are not placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance. Nonperforming TDRs are returned to accrual and
classified as performing after demonstrating a period of at least six months of consecutive performance under the restructured terms. Loans where borrowers have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to PNC and loans to borrowers not currently obligated to make both principal and interest payments under the restructured terms are not returned to accrual status.
Additional Asset Quality Indicators
We have two overall portfolio segments - Commercial Lending and Consumer Lending. Each of these two segments is comprised of multiple loan classes. Classes are characterized by similarities in initial measurement, risk
128 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
attributes and the manner in which we monitor and assess credit risk. The Commercial Lending segment is comprised of the commercial, commercial real estate, equipment lease financing, and commercial purchased impaired loan classes. The Consumer Lending segment is comprised of the home equity, residential real estate, credit card, other consumer, and consumer purchased impaired loan classes.
Commercial Lending Asset Classes
Commercial Loan Class
For commercial loans, we monitor the performance of the borrower in a disciplined and regular manner based upon the level of credit risk inherent in the loan. To evaluate the level of credit risk, we assign an internal risk rating reflecting the borrower’s PD and LGD. This two-dimensional credit risk rating methodology provides granularity in the risk monitoring process on an ongoing basis. These ratings are reviewed and updated, generally at least once per year. Additionally, no less frequently than on an annual basis, we review PD rates related to each rating grade based upon internal historical data. These rates are updated as needed and augmented by market data as deemed necessary. For small balance homogenous pools of commercial loans, mortgages and leases, we apply statistical modeling to assist in determining the probability of default within these pools. Further, on a periodic basis, we update our LGD estimates associated with each rating grade based upon historical data. The combination of the PD and LGD ratings assigned to a commercial loan, capturing both the combination of expectations of default and loss severity in event of default, reflects the relative estimated likelihood of loss for that loan at the reporting date. In general, loans with better PD and LGD tend to have a lower likelihood of loss compared to loans with worse PD and LGD. The loss amount also considers an estimate of exposure at date of default, which we also periodically update based upon historical data.
Based upon the amount of the lending arrangement and our risk rating assessment, we follow a formal schedule of written periodic review. Quarterly, we conduct formal reviews of a market’s or business unit’s entire loan portfolio, focusing on those loans which we perceive to be of higher risk, based upon PDs and LGDs, or loans for which credit quality is weakening. If circumstances warrant, it is our practice to review any customer obligation and its level of credit risk more frequently. We attempt to proactively manage our loans by using various procedures that are customized to the risk of a given loan, including ongoing outreach, contact, and assessment of obligor financial conditions, collateral inspection and appraisal.
Commercial Real Estate Loan Class
We manage credit risk associated with our commercial real estate projects and commercial mortgage activities similar to commercial loans by analyzing PD and LGD. Additionally, risks connected with commercial real estate projects and commercial mortgage activities tend to be correlated to the loan structure and collateral location, project progress and business environment. As a result, these attributes are also monitored and utilized in assessing credit risk.
As with the commercial class, a formal schedule of periodic review is also performed to assess market/geographic risk and business unit/industry risk. Often as a result of these overviews, more in-depth reviews and increased scrutiny are placed on areas of higher risk, including adverse changes in risk ratings, deteriorating operating trends, and/or areas that concern management. These reviews are designed to assess risk and take actions to mitigate our exposure to such risks.
Equipment Lease Financing Loan Class
We manage credit risk associated with our equipment lease financing loan class similar to commercial loans by analyzing PD and LGD.
Based upon the dollar amount of the lease and of the level of credit risk, we follow a formal schedule of periodic review. Generally, this occurs quarterly, although we have established practices to review such credit risk more frequently if circumstances warrant. Our review process entails analysis of the following factors: equipment value/residual value, exposure levels, jurisdiction risk, industry risk, guarantor requirements, and regulatory compliance.
Commercial Purchased Impaired Loan Class
Estimates of the expected cash flows primarily determine the valuation of commercial purchased impaired loans. Commercial cash flow estimates are influenced by a number of credit related items, which include but are not limited to: estimated collateral value, receipt of additional collateral, secondary trading prices, circumstances of possible and/or ongoing liquidation, capital availability, business operations and payment patterns.
We attempt to proactively manage these factors by using various procedures that are customized to the risk of a given loan. These procedures include a review by our Special Asset Committee (SAC), ongoing outreach, contact, and assessment of obligor financial conditions, collateral inspection and appraisal.
See Note 4 Purchased Loans for additional information.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 129
Table 56: Commercial Lending Asset Quality Indicators (a)(b)
(a) Based upon PDs and LGDs. We apply a split rating classification to certain loans meeting threshold criteria. By assigning a split classification, a loan’s exposure amount may be split into more than one classification category in the above table.
(b) Loans are included above based on the Regulatory Classification definitions of “Pass”, “Special Mention”, “Substandard” and “Doubtful”.
(c) Special Mention rated loans have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of repayment prospects at some future date. These loans do not expose us to sufficient risk to warrant a more adverse classification at this time.
(d) Substandard rated loans have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the collection or liquidation of debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
(e) Doubtful rated loans possess all the inherent weaknesses of a Substandard loan with the additional characteristics that the weakness makes collection or liquidation in full improbable due to existing facts, conditions, and values.
Consumer Lending Asset Classes
Home Equity and Residential Real Estate Loan Classes
We use several credit quality indicators, including delinquency information, nonperforming loan information, updated credit scores, originated and updated LTV ratios, and geography, to monitor and manage credit risk within the home equity and residential real estate loan classes. We evaluate mortgage loan performance by source originators and loan servicers. A summary of asset quality indicators follows:
Delinquency/Delinquency Rates: We monitor trending of delinquency/delinquency rates for home equity and residential real estate loans. See the Asset Quality section of this Note 3 for additional information.
Nonperforming Loans: We monitor trending of nonperforming loans for home equity and residential real estate loans. See the Asset Quality section of this Note 3 for additional information.
Credit Scores: We use a national third-party provider to update FICO credit scores for home equity loans and lines of credit and residential real estate loans at least quarterly. The updated scores are incorporated into a series of credit management reports, which are utilized to monitor the risk in the loan classes.
LTV (inclusive of combined loan-to-value (CLTV) for first and subordinate lien positions): At least annually, we update the property values of real estate collateral and calculate an
updated LTV ratio. For open-end credit lines secured by real estate in regions experiencing significant declines in property values, more frequent valuations may occur. We examine LTV migration and stratify LTV into categories to monitor the risk in the loan classes.
Historically, we used, and we continue to use, a combination of original LTV and updated LTV for internal risk management and reporting purposes (e.g., line management, loss mitigation strategies). In addition to the fact that estimated property values by their nature are estimates, given certain data limitations it is important to note that updated LTVs may be based upon management’s assumptions (e.g., if an updated LTV is not provided by the third-party service provider, home price index (HPI) changes will be incorporated in arriving at management’s estimate of updated LTV).
Geography: Geographic concentrations are monitored to evaluate and manage exposures. Loan purchase programs are sensitive to, and focused within, certain regions to manage geographic exposures and associated risks.
A combination of updated FICO scores, originated and updated LTV ratios and geographic location assigned to home equity loans and lines of credit and residential real estate loans is used to monitor the risk in the loan classes. Loans with higher FICO scores and lower LTVs tend to have a lower level of risk. Conversely, loans with lower FICO scores, higher LTVs, and in certain geographic locations tend to have a higher level of risk.
130 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Consumer Purchased Impaired Loan Class
Estimates of the expected cash flows primarily determine the valuation of consumer purchased impaired loans. Consumer cash flow estimates are influenced by a number of credit related items, which include, but are not limited to: estimated real estate values, payment patterns, updated FICO scores, the current economic environment, updated LTV ratios and the date of origination. These key factors are monitored to help ensure that concentrations of risk are managed and cash flows are maximized.
See Note 4 Purchased Loans for additional information.
Table 57: Home Equity and Residential Real Estate Balances
(a) Represents recorded investment.
(b) Represents outstanding balance.
(c) The December 31, 2015 amount was impacted by the change in derecognition policy for purchased impaired pooled consumer and residential real estate loans. See Note 4 Purchased Loans for additional information.
Table 58: Home Equity and Residential Real Estate Asset Quality Indicators - Excluding Purchased Impaired Loans (a) (b)
(continued on following page)
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 131
(continued from previous page)
(a) Excludes purchased impaired loans of approximately $3.4 billion and $4.5 billion in recorded investment, certain government insured or guaranteed residential real estate mortgages of approximately $0.9 billion and $1.2 billion, and loans held for sale at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. See the Home Equity and Residential Real Estate Asset Quality Indicators - Purchased Impaired Loans table below for additional information on purchased impaired loans.
(b) Amounts shown represent recorded investment.
(c) Based upon updated LTV (inclusive of combined loan-to-value (CLTV) for first and subordinate lien positions). Updated LTV is estimated using modeled property values. These ratios are updated at least semi-annually. The related estimates and inputs are based upon an approach that uses a combination of third-party automated valuation models (AVMs), broker price opinions (BPOs), HPI indices, property location, internal and external balance information, origination data and management assumptions. We generally utilize origination lien balances provided by a third-party, where applicable, which do not include an amortization assumption when calculating updated LTV. Accordingly, the results of these calculations do not represent actual appraised loan level collateral or updated LTV based upon lien balances held by others, and as such, are necessarily imprecise and subject to change as we enhance our methodology.
(d) Higher risk loans are defined as loans with both an updated FICO score of less than or equal to 660 and an updated LTV greater than or equal to 100%.
(e) The following states had the highest percentage of higher risk loans at December 31, 2015: New Jersey 14%, Pennsylvania 12%, Illinois 11%, Ohio 11%, Florida 7%, Maryland 7% and Michigan 5%. The remainder of the states had lower than 4% of the higher risk loans individually, and collectively they represent approximately 33% of the higher risk loans. The following states had the highest percentage of higher risk loans at December 31, 2014: New Jersey 14%, Pennsylvania 12%, Illinois 12%, Ohio 12%, Florida 8%, Maryland 6%, Michigan 5%, and North Carolina 4%. The remainder of the states had lower than 4% of the high risk loans individually, and collectively they represent approximately 28% of the higher risk loans.
132 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Table 59: Home Equity and Residential Real Estate Asset Quality Indicators - Purchased Impaired Loans (a)
(continued on following page)
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 133
(continued from previous page)
(a) Amounts shown represent outstanding balance. See Note 4 Purchased Loans for additional information.
(b) For the estimate of cash flows utilized in our purchased impaired loan accounting, other assumptions and estimates are made, including amortization of first lien balances, pre-payment rates, etc., which are not reflected in this table.
(c) The following states had the highest percentage of purchased impaired loans at December 31, 2015: California 16%, Florida 14%, Illinois 11%, Ohio 9%, North Carolina 7%, and Michigan 5%. The remainder of the states had lower than a 4% concentration of purchased impaired loans individually, and collectively they represent approximately 38% of the purchased impaired portfolio. The following states had the highest percentage of purchased impaired loans at December 31, 2014: California 17%, Florida 15%, Illinois 11%, Ohio 8%, North Carolina 7% and Michigan 5%. The remainder of the states had lower than a 4% concentration of purchased impaired loans individually, and collectively they represent approximately 37% of the purchased impaired portfolio.
(d) Based upon updated LTV (inclusive of combined loan-to-value (CLTV) for first and subordinate lien positions). Updated LTV is estimated using modeled property values. These ratios are updated at least semi-annually. The related estimates and inputs are based upon an approach that uses a combination of third-party automated valuation models (AVMs), broker price opinions (BPOs), HPI indices, property location, internal and external balance information, origination data and management assumptions. We generally utilize origination lien balances provided by a third-party, where applicable, which do not include an amortization assumption when calculating updated LTV. Accordingly, the results of these calculations do not represent actual appraised loan level collateral or updated LTV based upon lien balances held by others, and as such, are necessarily imprecise and subject to change as we enhance our methodology.
134 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Credit Card and Other Consumer Loan Classes
We monitor a variety of asset quality information in the management of the credit card and other consumer loan classes. Other consumer loan classes include education, automobile, and other secured and unsecured lines and loans. Along with the trending of delinquencies and losses for each class, FICO credit score updates are generally obtained monthly, as well as a variety of credit bureau attributes. Loans with high FICO scores tend to have a lower likelihood of loss. Conversely, loans with low FICO scores tend to have a higher likelihood of loss.
Table 60: Credit Card and Other Consumer Loan Classes Asset Quality Indicators
(a) At December 31, 2015, we had $34 million of credit card loans that are higher risk (i.e., loans with both updated FICO scores less than 660 and in late stage (90+ days) delinquency status). The majority of the December 31, 2015 balance related to higher risk credit card loans was geographically distributed throughout the following areas: Ohio 17%, Pennsylvania 15%, Michigan 8%, New Jersey 8%, Florida 7%, Illinois 6%, Indiana 6%, Maryland 4% and North Carolina 4%. All other states had less than 4% individually and make up the remainder of the balance. At December 31, 2014, we had $35 million of credit card loans that are higher risk. The majority of the December 31, 2014 balance related to higher risk credit card loans was geographically distributed throughout the following areas: Ohio 17%, Pennsylvania 16%, Michigan 9%, Illinois 7%, New Jersey 7%, Indiana 6%, Florida 6% and North Carolina 4%. All other states had less than 4% individually and make up the remainder of the balance.
(b) Other consumer loans for which updated FICO scores are used as an asset quality indicator include non-government guaranteed or insured education loans, automobile loans and other secured and unsecured lines and loans. Other consumer loans for which other internal credit metrics are used as an asset quality indicator include primarily government guaranteed or insured education loans, as well as consumer loans to high net worth individuals. Other internal credit metrics may include delinquency status, geography or other factors.
(c) Credit card loans and other consumer loans with no FICO score available or required generally refers to new accounts issued to borrowers with limited credit history, accounts for which we cannot obtain an updated FICO score (e.g., recent profile changes), cards issued with a business name, and/or cards secured by collateral. Management proactively assesses the risk and size of this loan portfolio and, when necessary, takes actions to mitigate the credit risk.
(d) Weighted-average updated FICO score excludes accounts with no FICO score available or required.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 135
Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs)
A TDR is a loan whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. TDRs result from our loss mitigation activities, and include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, postponement/reduction of scheduled amortization, and extensions, which are intended to minimize economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. Additionally, TDRs also result from borrowers that have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to PNC. In those situations where principal is forgiven, the amount of such principal forgiveness is immediately charged off.
Some TDRs may not ultimately result in the full collection of principal and interest, as restructured, and result in potential incremental losses. These potential incremental losses have been factored into our overall ALLL estimate. The level of any subsequent defaults will likely be affected by future economic conditions. Once a loan becomes a TDR, it will continue to be reported as a TDR until it is ultimately repaid in full, the collateral is foreclosed upon, or it is fully charged off. We held specific reserves in the ALLL of $.3 billion and $.4 billion at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, for the total TDR portfolio.
Table 61: Summary of Troubled Debt Restructurings
(a) Accruing loans include consumer credit card loans and loans that have demonstrated a period of at least six months of performance under the restructured terms and are excluded from nonperforming loans. Loans where borrowers have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to PNC and loans to borrowers not currently obligated to make both principal and interest payments under the restructured terms are not returned to accrual status.
Table 62 quantifies the number of loans that were classified as TDRs as well as the change in the recorded investments as a result of the TDR classification during the years 2015, 2014 and 2013 respectively. Additionally, the table provides information about the types of TDR concessions. The Principal Forgiveness TDR category includes principal forgiveness and accrued interest forgiveness. These types of TDRs result in a write down of the recorded investment and a charge-off if such action has not already taken place. The Rate Reduction TDR category includes reduced interest rate and interest deferral. The TDRs within this category result in reductions to future interest income. The Other TDR category primarily includes consumer borrowers that have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to PNC, as well as postponement/reduction of scheduled amortization and contractual extensions for both consumer and commercial borrowers.
In some cases, there have been multiple concessions granted on one loan. This is most common within the commercial loan portfolio. When there have been multiple concessions granted in the commercial loan portfolio, the principal forgiveness concession was prioritized for purposes of determining the inclusion in Table 62. For example, if there is principal forgiveness in conjunction with lower interest rate and postponement of amortization, the type of concession will be reported as Principal Forgiveness. Second in priority would be rate reduction. For example, if there is an interest rate reduction in conjunction with postponement of amortization, the type of concession will be reported as a Rate Reduction. In the event that multiple concessions are granted on a consumer loan, concessions resulting from discharge from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy without formal affirmation of the loan obligations to PNC would be prioritized and included in the Other type of concession in the table below. After that, consumer loan concessions would follow the previously discussed priority of concessions for the commercial loan portfolio.
136 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Table 62: Financial Impact and TDRs by Concession Type (a)
(a) Impact of partial charge-offs at TDR date are included in this table.
(b) Represents the recorded investment of the loans as of the quarter end prior to TDR designation, and excludes immaterial amounts of accrued interest receivable.
(c) Represents the recorded investment of the TDRs as of the end of the quarter in which the TDR occurs, and excludes immaterial amounts of accrued interest receivable.
(d) During the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, there were no loans classified as TDRs in the Equipment lease financing loan class.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 137
TDRs may result in charge-offs and interest income not being recognized. The amount of principal balance charged off at or around the time of modification for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 was not material. A financial effect of rate reduction TDRs is that interest income is not recognized for the difference between the original contractual interest rate terms and the restructured terms. Interest income not recognized that otherwise would have been earned in the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, related to all commercial TDRs and consumer TDRs, was not material.
After a loan is determined to be a TDR, we continue to track its performance under its most recent restructured terms. In Table 63, we consider a TDR to have subsequently defaulted when it becomes 60 days past due after the most recent date the loan was restructured. The following table presents the recorded investment of loans that both (i) were classified as TDRs or were subsequently modified during each 12-month period preceding January 1, 2015, 2014, and 2013 respectively, and (ii) subsequently defaulted during these reporting periods.
Table 63: TDRs that were Modified in the Past Twelve Months which have Subsequently Defaulted
(a) During the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no loans classified as TDRs in the Equipment lease financing loan class that have subsequently defaulted.
The impact to the ALLL for commercial lending TDRs is the effect of moving to the specific reserve methodology from the quantitative reserve methodology, for those loans that were not already classified as nonaccrual. There is generally an impact to the ALLL as a result of the concession made, which generally results in a reduction of expected future cash flows. The decline in expected future cash flows, consideration of collateral value, and/or the application of a present value discount rate, when compared to the recorded investment, results in either an increased ALLL or a charge-off. As TDRs are individually evaluated under the specific reserve methodology, which builds in expectations of future performance, subsequent defaults generally do not significantly impact the ALLL.
For consumer lending TDRs, except TDRs resulting from borrowers that have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to PNC as discussed in Note 1 Accounting Policies under the Allowance for Loans and Lease Losses section, the ALLL is calculated using a discounted cash flow model, which leverages subsequent default, prepayment, and severity rate assumptions based upon historically observed data. Similar to the commercial lending specific reserve methodology, the reduced expected cash flows resulting from the concessions granted impact the consumer lending ALLL. The decline in expected cash flows due to the application of a present value discount rate or the consideration of collateral value, when compared to the recorded investment, results in either an increased ALLL or a charge-off. Loans where a borrower has been discharged from personal liability in bankruptcy and has not formally reaffirmed its loan obligation to PNC are charged off to collateral value less costs to sell, and any associated allowance at the time of charge-off is reduced to zero.
138 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Impaired Loans
Impaired loans include commercial nonperforming loans and consumer and commercial TDRs, regardless of nonperforming status. TDRs that were previously recorded at amortized cost and are now classified and accounted for as held for sale are also included. Excluded from impaired loans are nonperforming leases, loans accounted for as held for sale other than the TDRs described in the preceding sentence, loans accounted for under the fair value option, smaller balance homogeneous type loans and purchased impaired loans. See Note 4 Purchased Loans for additional information. Nonperforming equipment lease financing loans of $7 million and $2 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, are excluded from impaired loans pursuant to authoritative lease accounting guidance. We did not recognize any interest income on impaired loans that have not returned to performing status, while they were impaired during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. The following table provides further detail on impaired loans individually evaluated for impairment and the associated ALLL. Certain commercial and consumer impaired loans do not have a related ALLL as the valuation of these impaired loans exceeded the recorded investment.
Table 64: Impaired Loans
(a) Associated allowance amounts include $.3 billion and $.4 billion for TDRs at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
(b) Average recorded investment is for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 139
NOTE 4 PURCHASED LOANS
Purchased Impaired Loans
Purchased impaired loan accounting addresses differences between contractual cash flows and cash flows expected to be collected from the initial investment in loans if those differences are attributable, at least in part, to credit quality. Several factors were considered when evaluating whether a loan was considered a purchased impaired loan, including the delinquency status of the loan, updated borrower credit status, geographic information, and updated LTV. GAAP allows purchasers to account for loans individually or to aggregate purchased impaired loans acquired in the same fiscal quarter into one or more pools, provided that the loans have common risk characteristics. A pool is then accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows. Purchased impaired homogeneous consumer, residential real estate and smaller balance commercial loans with common risk characteristics are aggregated into pools where appropriate, whereas commercial loans with a total commitment greater than a defined threshold are accounted for individually. For pooled loans, proceeds of individual loans are not applied individually to each loan within a pool, but to the pool’s recorded investment since it is accounted for as a single asset.
Prior to December 31, 2015, upon final disposition of a loan within a pool and for loans that had nominal collateral value/expected cash flows, the loan’s carrying value was removed from the pool and any gain or loss associated with the transaction was retained in the pool’s recorded investment. Effective December 31, 2015, in anticipation of the end of the life of our purchased impaired pooled consumer and residential real estate loans, and pursuant to supervisory direction, we changed our derecognition policy for these loans such that we will write-off the loan’s recorded investment and derecognize the associated ALLL upon final disposition. Gains and losses on such loans will be recognized as either an adjustment to the pool’s associated ALLL, or yield, as appropriate. The transition to this new policy on December 31, 2015 resulted in a $468 million derecognition of recorded investment and associated ALLL on such loans. See the discussion below and Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 5 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit for additional information.
The following table provides balances of purchased impaired loans at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:
Table 65: Purchased Impaired Loans - Balances
(a) Outstanding balance represents the balance on the loan servicing system. Recorded investment may be greater than the outstanding balance due to expected recoveries of collateral.
The excess of undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized as interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the constant effective yield method. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the non-accretable difference and is not recognized in income. Subsequent changes in the expected cash flows of individual or pooled purchased impaired loans will either impact the accretable yield or result in an impairment charge to provision for credit losses in the period in which the changes become probable. Decreases to the net present value of expected cash flows will generally result in an impairment charge recorded as a provision for credit losses, resulting in an increase to the ALLL, and a reclassification from accretable yield to non-accretable difference.
140 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
During 2015, $82 million of provision recapture was recorded for purchased impaired loans compared to $91 million of provision recapture during 2014. Charge-offs (which were specifically for commercial loans greater than a defined threshold) during 2015 were $12 million compared to $42 million during 2014. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the ALLL on total purchased impaired loans was $.3 billion and $.9 billion, respectively. The decline in ALLL was primarily due to the change in our derecognition policy. For purchased impaired loan pools where an allowance has been recognized, subsequent increases in the net present value of cash flows will result in a provision recapture of any previously recorded ALLL to the extent applicable, and/or a reclassification from non-accretable difference to accretable yield, which will be recognized prospectively. Individual loan transactions where final dispositions have occurred (as noted above) result in removal of the loans from their applicable pools for cash flow estimation purposes. The cash flow re-estimation process is completed quarterly to evaluate the appropriateness of the ALLL associated with the purchased impaired loans.
Activity for the accretable yield during 2015 and 2014 follows:
Table 66: Purchased Impaired Loans - Accretable Yield
NOTE 5 ALLOWANCES FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES AND UNFUNDED LOAN COMMITMENTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
We maintain the ALLL at levels that we believe to be appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred in the portfolios as of the balance sheet date. We use the two main portfolio segments - Commercial Lending and Consumer Lending - and develop and document the ALLL under separate methodologies for each of these segments as discussed in Note 1 Accounting Policies. A rollforward of the ALLL and associated loan data follows.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 141
Table 67: Rollforward of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Associated Loan Data
142 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
(a) A portion of the ALLL associated with purchased impaired pooled consumer and residential real estate loans was derecognized on December 31, 2015 due to the change in the derecognition policy for these loans. The December 31, 2015 ratio of ALLL to total loans was impacted by the derecognition. See Note 4 Purchased Loans for additional information.
(b) TDRs individually evaluated for impairment exclude TDRs that were subsequently accounted for as held for sale loans, but continue to be disclosed as TDRs.
(c) Includes $150 million of loans collectively evaluated for impairment based upon collateral values and written down to the respective collateral value less costs to sell at December 31, 2015. Accordingly, there is no allowance recorded for these loans. The comparative amounts as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 were $195 million and $252 million, respectively.
(d) Loans accounted for under the fair value option are not evaluated for impairment as these loans are accounted for at fair value. Accordingly there is no allowance recorded on these loans.
(e) Pursuant to alignment with interagency guidance on practices for loans and lines of credit related to consumer lending in the first quarter of 2013, additional charge-offs of $134 million were taken.
Net interest income less the provision for credit losses was $8.0 billion for 2015 compared with $8.3 billion for 2014 and $8.5 billion for 2013.
Allowance for Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit
We maintain the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit at a level we believe is appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred on these unfunded credit facilities as of the balance sheet date as discussed in Note 1 Accounting Policies. A rollforward of the allowance is presented below.
Table 68: Rollforward of Allowance for Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 143
NOTE 6 INVESTMENT SECURITIES
Table 69: Investment Securities Summary
144 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
(a) Held to maturity securities transferred from available for sale are recorded in held to maturity at fair value at the time of transfer. The amortized cost of held to maturity securities included net unrealized gains of $97 million and $125 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, related to securities transferred, which are offset in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax.
The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity conditions. Net unrealized gains and losses in the securities available for sale portfolio are included in Shareholders’ equity as Accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax, unless credit-related. Securities held to maturity are carried at amortized cost. At December 31, 2015, Accumulated other comprehensive income included pretax gains of $98 million from derivatives that hedged the purchase of investment securities classified as held to maturity. The gains will be accreted into interest income as an adjustment of yield on the securities.
Table 70 presents gross unrealized losses on securities available for sale at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The securities are segregated between investments that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and twelve months or more based on the point in time that the fair value declined below the amortized cost basis. The table includes debt securities where a portion of other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) has been recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The increase in total unrealized losses at December 31, 2015 when compared to December 31, 2014 was primarily due to higher interest rates.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 145
Table 70: Gross Unrealized Loss and Fair Value of Securities Available for Sale
(a) The unrealized loss on these securities was less than $.5 million.
The gross unrealized loss on debt securities held to maturity was $82 million at December 31, 2015, with $59 million of the loss related to securities with a fair value of $5.5 billion that had been in a continuous loss position less than 12 months and $23 million of the loss related to securities with a fair value of $ 953 million that had been in a continuous loss position for more than 12 months. The gross unrealized loss on debt securities held to maturity was $22 million at December 31, 2014, with $1 million of the loss related to
securities with a fair value of $134 million that had been in a continuous loss position less than 12 months and $21 million of the loss related to securities with a fair value of $1.6 billion that had been in a continuous loss position for more than 12 months. For securities transferred to held to maturity from available for sale, the unrealized loss for purposes of this analysis is determined by comparing the security’s original amortized cost to its current estimated fair value.
146 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Evaluating Investment Securities for Other-than-Temporary Impairments
For the securities in the preceding Table 70, as of December 31, 2015 we do not intend to sell and believe we will not be required to sell the securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis.
At least quarterly, we conduct a comprehensive security-level assessment on all securities. For those securities in an unrealized loss position we determine if OTTI exists. An unrealized loss exists when the current fair value of an individual security is less than its amortized cost basis. An OTTI loss must be recognized for a debt security in an unrealized loss position if we intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not we will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. In this situation, the amount of loss recognized in income is equal to the difference between the fair value and the amortized cost basis of the security. Even if we do not expect to sell the security, we must evaluate the expected cash flows to be received to determine if we believe a credit loss has occurred. In the event of a credit loss, only the amount of impairment associated with the credit loss is recognized in income. The portion of the unrealized loss relating to other factors, such as liquidity conditions in the market or changes in market interest rates, is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
The security-level assessment is performed on each investment security. Our assessment considers the security structure, recent security collateral performance metrics if applicable, external credit ratings, failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments, our judgment and expectations of future performance, and relevant independent industry research, analysis and forecasts. Results of the
periodic assessment are reviewed by a cross-functional senior management team representing Asset & Liability Management, Finance, and Market Risk Management. The senior management team considers the results of the assessments, as well as other factors, in determining whether the impairment is other-than-temporary.
Substantially all of the credit impairment we have recognized relates to non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities collateralized by first-lien and second-lien non-agency residential mortgage loans. Potential credit losses on these securities are evaluated on a security-by-security basis. Collateral performance assumptions are developed for each security after reviewing collateral composition and collateral performance statistics. This includes analyzing recent delinquency roll rates, loss severities, voluntary prepayments and various other collateral and performance metrics. This information is then combined with general expectations on the housing market, employment and other macroeconomic factors to develop estimates of future performance.
Security level assumptions for prepayments, loan defaults and loss given default are applied to each non-agency residential mortgage-backed security and asset-backed security collateralized by first-lien and second-lien non-agency residential mortgage loans using a third-party cash flow model. The third-party cash flow model then generates projected cash flows according to the structure of each security. Based on the results of the cash flow analysis, we determine whether we expect that we will recover the amortized cost basis of our security.
For those securities on our balance sheet where we determined losses represented OTTI, we have recorded cumulative credit losses of $1.1 billion at December 31, 2015. During 2015 and 2014, the OTTI credit losses recognized in noninterest income and the OTTI noncredit losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, on securities were not significant.
Information relating to gross realized securities gains and losses from the sales of securities is set forth in the following table.
Table 71: Gains (Losses) on Sales of Securities Available for Sale
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 147
The following table presents, by remaining contractual maturity, the amortized cost, fair value and weighted-average yield of debt securities at December 31, 2015.
Table 72: Contractual Maturity of Debt Securities
Weighted-average yields are based on historical cost with effective yields weighted for the contractual maturity of each security. At December 31, 2015, there were no securities of a single issuer, other than FHLMC and FNMA, that exceeded 10% of Total shareholders’ equity. The FHLMC investments had a total amortized cost of $4.9 billion and fair value of $5.0 billion. The FNMA investments had a total amortized cost of $21.0 billion and fair value of $21.1 billion.
The following table presents the fair value of securities that have been either pledged to or accepted from others to collateralize outstanding borrowings.
Table 73: Fair Value of Securities Pledged and Accepted as Collateral
The securities pledged to others include positions held in our portfolio of investment securities, trading securities, and securities accepted as collateral from others that we are permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge, and were used to secure public and trust deposits, repurchase agreements, and for other purposes.
148 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
NOTE 7 FAIR VALUE
Fair Value Measurement
PNC measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with GAAP. Fair value is defined in GAAP as the price that would be received to sell an asset or the price that would be paid to transfer a liability on the measurement date. GAAP focuses on the exit price in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. GAAP also establishes a fair value hierarchy to maximize the use of observable inputs when measuring fair value and defines the three levels of inputs as noted below.
Level
Fair value is determined using a quoted price in an active market for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 assets and liabilities may include debt securities, equity securities and listed derivative contracts that are traded in an active exchange market and certain U.S. Treasury securities that are actively traded in over-the-counter markets.
Level 2
Fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly. The majority of Level 2 assets and liabilities include debt securities, equity securities and listed derivative contracts with quoted prices that are traded in markets that are not active, and certain debt and equity securities and over-the-counter derivative contracts whose fair value is determined using a pricing model without significant unobservable inputs.
Level 3
Fair value is estimated using unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models and discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques for which the significant valuation inputs are not observable and the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.
Certain assets which have been adjusted due to impairment are accounted for at lower of amortized cost or fair value on a nonrecurring basis and consist primarily of certain nonaccrual loans, OREO and foreclosed assets and long-lived assets held for sale. These assets, which are generally classified as Level 3, are included in Table 77 in this Note 7.
We characterize active markets as those where transaction volumes are sufficient to provide objective pricing information, with reasonably narrow bid/ask spreads and where dealer quotes received do not vary widely and are based on current information. Inactive markets are typically characterized by low transaction volumes, price quotations that vary substantially among market participants or are not based on current information, wide bid/ask spreads, a significant increase in implied liquidity risk premiums, yields, or performance indicators for observed transactions or quoted prices compared to historical periods, a significant decline or absence of a market for new issuance, or any combination of the above factors. We also consider nonperformance risks including credit risk as part of our valuation methodology for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value.
Any models used to determine fair values or to validate dealer quotes based on the descriptions below are subject to review and independent testing as part of our model validation and internal control testing processes. Our Model Risk Management Committee reviews significant models on at least an annual basis. In addition, the Valuation Committee approves valuation methodologies and reviews the results of independent valuation reviews and processes for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value, by their nature, result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. Assets and liabilities classified within Level 3 inherently require the use of various assumptions, estimates and judgments when measuring their fair value. As observable market activity is commonly not available to use when estimating the fair value of Level 3 assets and liabilities, we must estimate fair value using various modeling techniques. These techniques include the use of a variety of inputs/assumptions including credit quality, liquidity, interest rates or other relevant inputs across the entire population of our Level 3 assets and liabilities. Changes in the significant underlying factors or assumptions (either an increase or a decrease) in any of these areas underlying our estimates may result in a significant increase/decrease in the Level 3 fair value measurement of a particular asset and/or liability from period to period.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 149
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Securities Available for Sale and Trading Securities
Securities accounted for at fair value include both the available for sale and trading portfolios. We primarily use prices obtained from pricing services, dealer quotes, or recent trades to determine the fair value of securities. As of December 31, 2015, 87% of the positions in these portfolios were priced by using pricing services provided by third-party vendors. The third-party vendors use a variety of methods when pricing securities that incorporate relevant market data to arrive at an estimate of what a buyer in the marketplace would pay for a security under current market conditions. One of the vendor’s prices are set with reference to market activity for highly liquid assets, such as U.S. Treasury and agency securities and agency residential mortgage-backed securities, and matrix pricing for other asset classes, such as commercial mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities. Another vendor primarily uses discounted cash flow pricing models considering adjustments for spreads and prepayments for the instruments we value using this service, such as non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, agency adjustable rate mortgage securities, agency collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs), commercial mortgage-backed securities and municipal bonds. The vendors we use provide pricing services on a global basis and have quality management processes in place to monitor the integrity of the valuation inputs and the prices provided to users, including procedures to consider and incorporate information received from pricing service users who may challenge a price. We monitor and validate the reliability of vendor pricing on an ongoing basis through pricing methodology reviews, by performing detailed reviews of the assumptions and inputs used by the vendor to price individual securities, and through price validation testing. Price validation testing is performed independent of the risk-taking function and involves corroborating the prices received from third-party vendors with prices from another third-party source, by reviewing valuations of comparable instruments, by comparison to internal valuations, or by reference to recent sales of similar securities. Securities not priced by one of our pricing vendors may be valued using a dealer quote. Dealer quotes received are typically non-binding. Securities priced using a dealer quote are subject to corroboration either with another dealer quote, by comparison to similar securities priced by either a third-party vendor or another dealer, or through internal valuation in order to validate that the quote is representative of the market. Security prices are also validated through actual cash settlement upon sale of a security.
Securities are classified within the fair value hierarchy after giving consideration to the activity level in the market for the security type and the observability of the inputs used to determine the fair value. When a quoted price in an active market exists for the identical security, this price is used to determine fair value and the security is classified within Level 1
of the hierarchy. Level 1 securities include certain U.S. Treasury securities and exchange-traded equities. When a quoted price in an active market for the identical security is not available, fair value is estimated using either an alternative market approach, such as a recent trade or matrix pricing, or an income approach, such as a discounted cash flow pricing model. If the inputs to the valuation are based primarily on market observable information, then the security is classified within Level 2 of the hierarchy. Level 2 securities include agency debt securities, agency residential mortgage-backed securities, agency and non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities, certain non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities collateralized by non-mortgage-related consumer loans, municipal securities, and other debt securities. Level 2 securities are predominantly priced by third parties, either a pricing vendor or dealer.
In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around the inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy. Securities classified as Level 3 consist primarily of non-agency residential mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities collateralized by first- and second-lien residential mortgage loans. Fair value for these securities is primarily estimated using pricing obtained from third-party vendors. In some cases, fair value is estimated using a dealer quote, by reference to prices of securities of a similar vintage and collateral type or by reference to recent sales of similar securities. Market activity for these security types is limited with little price transparency. As a result, these securities are generally valued by the third-party vendor using a discounted cash flow approach that incorporates observable market activity where available. Significant inputs to the valuation include prepayment projections and credit loss assumptions (default rate and loss severity) and discount rates that are deemed representative of current market conditions. The discount rates used incorporate a spread over the benchmark curve that takes into consideration liquidity risk and potential credit risk not already included in the credit loss assumptions. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those assumptions in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Prepayment estimates generally increase when market interest rates decline and decrease when market interest rates rise. Credit loss estimates are driven by the ability of borrowers to pay their loans and housing market prices and are impacted by changes in overall macroeconomic conditions, typically increasing when economic conditions worsen and decreasing when conditions improve. An increase in the estimated prepayment rate typically results in a decrease in estimated credit losses and vice versa. Discount rates typically increase when market interest rates increase and/or credit and liquidity risks increase. Similarly, discount rates typically decrease when market interest rates decline and/or credit and liquidity conditions improve. Price validation procedures performed for these securities include comparing current prices to historical pricing trends by collateral type and vintage, and by obtaining corroborating prices from another third-party source.
150 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Certain infrequently traded debt securities within the State and municipal and Other debt securities available-for-sale and Trading securities categories are also classified in Level 3 and are included in the Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities line item in Table 76 (for the 2015 period). The significant unobservable inputs used to estimate the fair value of these securities include an estimate of expected credit losses and a discount for liquidity risk. These inputs are incorporated into the fair value measurement by either increasing the spread over the benchmark curve or by applying a credit and liquidity discount to the par value of the security. Significant increases (decreases) in credit and/or liquidity risk could result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value estimate.
Financial Derivatives
Exchange-traded derivatives are valued using quoted market prices and are classified as Level 1. However, the majority of derivatives that we enter into are executed over-the-counter and are valued using internal models. These derivatives are primarily classified as Level 2 as the readily observable market inputs to these models are validated to external sources. The external sources for these inputs include industry pricing services, or are corroborated through recent trades, dealer quotes, yield curves, implied volatility or other market-related data. Level 2 financial derivatives are primarily estimated using a combination of Eurodollar future prices and observable benchmark interest rate swaps to construct projected discounted cash flows. Financial derivatives that are priced using significant management judgment or assumptions are classified as Level 3.
Fair value information for Level 3 financial derivatives is presented separately for interest rate contracts and other contracts. Interest rate contracts include residential and commercial mortgage interest rate lock commitments and certain interest rate options. Other contracts include risk participation agreements, swaps related to the sale of certain Visa Class B common shares and other types of contracts.
The fair values of residential mortgage loan commitment assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are included in the Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities line item in Table 76 in this Note 7. Significant unobservable inputs for these commitments include the probability of funding and embedded servicing. The probability of funding for residential mortgage loan commitments represents the expected proportion of loan commitments in the pipeline that will fund. Additionally, embedded in the market price of the underlying loan is a value for retaining servicing of the loan once it is sold. Significant increases (decreases) in the fair value of a residential mortgage loan commitment asset (liability) result when the probability of funding increases (decreases) and when the embedded servicing value increases (decreases).
The fair values of commercial mortgage loan commitment assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are
included in the Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities line item in Table 76 in this Note 7. Significant unobservable inputs for these commitments include spread over the benchmark interest rate and the estimated servicing cash flows for loans sold to the agencies with servicing retained. The spread over the benchmark curve reflects management assumptions regarding credit and liquidity risks. Significant increases (decreases) in the fair value of commercial mortgage loan commitments result when the spread over the benchmark curve decreases (increases) or the estimated servicing cash flows for loans sold to the agencies with servicing retained increases (decreases).
The fair values of interest rate option assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are included in the Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities line item in Table 76 in this Note 7. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the interest rate options is expected interest rate volatility. Significant increases (decreases) in interest rate volatility would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.
The fair values of risk participation agreement assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are included in the Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities line item in Table 76 in this Note 7. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of risk participation agreements are probability of default and loss severity. Significant increases (decreases) in probability of default and loss severity would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.
In connection with the sales of portions of our Visa Class B common shares, we entered into swap agreements with the purchasers of the shares to account for any future risk of converting Class B common shares to Class A common shares and to account for the corresponding change in value to the Class B shares. These adjustments result from resolution of the specified litigation or the changes in the amount in the litigation escrow account funded by Visa as well as from changes in the estimated litigation resolution date (see Note 20 Legal Proceedings and Note 21 Commitments and Guarantees for additional information). These swaps also require payments calculated by reference to the market price of the Class A common shares and a fixed rate of interest. The swaps are classified as Level 3 instruments and the fair values of the liability positions totaled $104 million at December 31, 2015 and $135 million at December 31, 2014, respectively. The fair values of the swap agreements are determined using a discounted cash flow methodology. The significant unobservable inputs to the valuations are estimated changes in the conversion rate of the Class B common shares into Class A common shares and the estimated growth rate of the Class A share price. A decrease in the conversion rate will have a negative impact on the fair value of the swaps and vice versa. Independent of changes in the conversion rate, an increase in the estimated growth rate of the Class A share
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 151
price will have a negative impact on the fair value of the swaps and vice versa, through its impact on periodic payments due to the counterparty until the maturity dates of the swaps.
The fair values of our derivatives include a credit valuation adjustment (CVA) to reflect our own and our counterparties’ nonperformance risk. Our CVA is computed using new loan pricing and considers externally available bond spreads, in conjunction with internal historical recovery observations.
Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
We account for certain residential mortgage loans originated for sale at fair value on a recurring basis. The election of the fair value option aligns the accounting for the residential mortgages with the related hedges. Additionally, we have elected to account for loans repurchased due to breaches of representations and warranties at fair value.
Residential mortgage loans are valued based on quoted market prices, where available, prices for other traded mortgage loans with similar characteristics, and purchase commitments and bid information received from market participants. The prices are adjusted as necessary to include the embedded servicing value in the loans and to take into consideration the specific characteristics of certain loans that are priced based on the pricing of similar loans. These adjustments represent unobservable inputs to the valuation but are not considered significant given the relative insensitivity of the value to changes in these inputs to the fair value of the loans. Accordingly, the majority of residential mortgage loans held for sale are classified as Level 2. This category also includes repurchased and temporarily unsalable residential mortgage loans. These loans are repurchased due to a breach of representations and warranties in the loan sales agreement and typically occur after the loan is in default. The temporarily unsalable loans have an origination defect that makes them currently unable to be sold into the performing loan sales market. Because transaction details regarding sales of this type of loan are often unavailable, unobservable bid information from brokers and investors is heavily relied upon. Accordingly, based on the significance of unobservable inputs, these loans are classified as Level 3.
Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights
Residential MSRs are carried at fair value on a recurring basis. Assumptions incorporated into the residential MSRs valuation model reflect management’s best estimate of factors that a market participant would use in valuing the residential MSRs. Although sales of residential MSRs do occur, residential MSRs do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices so the precise terms and conditions of sales are not available. As a benchmark for the reasonableness of its residential MSRs fair value, PNC obtained opinions of value from independent parties (“brokers”). These brokers provided a range (+/- 10 bps) based upon their own discounted cash flow calculations of our portfolio that reflect conditions in the secondary market and any recently executed servicing
transactions. PNC compares its internally-developed residential MSRs value to the ranges of values received from the brokers. If our residential MSRs fair value falls outside of the brokers’ ranges, management will assess whether a valuation adjustment is warranted. For the periods presented, PNC’s residential MSRs value did not fall outside of the brokers’ ranges. We consider our residential MSRs value to represent a reasonable estimate of fair value. Due to the nature of the unobservable valuation inputs, residential MSRs are classified as Level 3.
The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of residential MSRs are constant prepayment rates and spread over the benchmark curve. Significant increases (decreases) in prepayment rates and spread over the benchmark curve would result in lower (higher) fair market value of residential MSRs.
Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights
Commercial MSRs are carried at fair value on a recurring basis. Assumptions incorporated into the commercial valuation model reflect management’s best estimate of factors that a market participant would use in valuing the commercial MSRs. Although sales of commercial MSRs do occur, commercial MSRs do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices so the precise terms and conditions of sales are not available. Due to the nature of the valuation inputs and the limited availability of market pricing, commercial MSRs are classified as Level 3.
The fair value of commercial MSRs is estimated by using a discounted cash flow model incorporating unobservable inputs for assumptions such as constant prepayment rates, discount rates and other factors. Significant increases/(decreases) in constant prepayment rates and discount rates would result in significantly lower/(higher) commercial MSR value determined based on current market conditions and expectations.
Commercial Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
We account for certain commercial mortgage loans classified as held for sale in whole loan transactions at fair value. In addition, as of September 1, 2014, we have elected to apply the fair value option to commercial mortgage loans held for sale to agencies. This election applies to all new commercial mortgage loans held for sale originated for sale to the agencies effective on or after September 1, 2014. The election of the fair value option aligns the accounting for the commercial mortgages with the related commitments to sell the loans.
We determine the fair value of commercial mortgage loans held for sale based upon discounted cash flows. Fair value is determined using sale valuation assumptions that management believes a market participant would use in pricing the loans. Valuation assumptions may include observable inputs based on the benchmark interest rate swap curves, whole loan sales and agency sales transactions. The significant unobservable
152 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
inputs are management’s assumption of the spread applied to the benchmark rate and the estimated servicing cash flows for loans sold to the agencies with servicing retained. The spread over the benchmark curve includes management’s assumptions of the impact of credit and liquidity risk. Significant increases (decreases) in the spread applied to the benchmark would result in a significantly lower (higher) asset value. The wide range of the spread over the benchmark curve is due to the varying risk and underlying property characteristics within our portfolio. Significant increases (decreases) in the estimated servicing cash flows would result in significantly higher (lower) asset value. Based on the significance of unobservable inputs, we classified this portfolio as Level 3.
Equity Investments - Direct Investments
The valuation of direct and indirect private equity investments requires significant management judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such investments. The carrying values of direct and affiliated partnership interests reflect the expected exit price and are based on various techniques including multiples of adjusted earnings of the entity, independent appraisals, anticipated financing and sale transactions with third parties, or the pricing used to value the entity in a recent financing transaction. A multiple of adjusted earnings calculation is the valuation technique utilized most frequently and the multiple of earnings is the primary and most significant unobservable input used in such calculation. The multiple of earnings is utilized in conjunction with portfolio company financial results and our ownership interest in portfolio company securities to determine PNC’s interest in the enterprise value of the portfolio company. Significant decreases (increases) in the multiple of earnings could result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. The magnitude of the change in fair value is dependent on the significance of the change in the multiple of earnings and the significance of portfolio company adjusted earnings. Valuation inputs or analysis are supported by portfolio company or market documentation. Due to the size, private and unique nature of each portfolio company, lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of investments, relevant benchmarking is not always feasible. A valuation committee reviews the portfolio company valuations on a quarterly basis and oversight is provided by senior management of the business. These investments are classified as Level 3.
Unfunded commitments related to direct investments totaled $23 million and $28 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Outstanding contractual obligations to existing direct investments totaled $11 million and $9 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. During 2015, $5 million of financial support was provided to existing direct investments compared to $39 million during 2014.
Equity Investments - Indirect Investments
We value indirect investments in private equity funds based on net asset value (NAV) as provided in the financial statements that we receive from their managers. Due to the time lag in our receipt of the financial information and based on a review of investments and valuation techniques applied, adjustments to the manager-provided value are made when available recent portfolio company information or market information indicates a significant change in value from that provided by the manager of the fund. In accordance with ASC 820-10, these investments are not classified in the fair value hierarchy.
These indirect investments are not redeemable, however PNC receives distributions over the life of the partnerships from liquidation of the underlying investments by the investee, which we expect to occur over the next twelve years. The forced sale or restructuring of these investments would likely result in PNC receiving less value than it would otherwise have received in the ordinary course of business. Unfunded commitments related to indirect investments totaled $103 million and $112 million at of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. During 2015, $17 million of financial support was provided to indirect investments to satisfy capital calls for commitments. The comparable amount was $24 million during 2014.
Customer Resale Agreements
We have elected to account for structured resale agreements, which are economically hedged using free-standing financial derivatives, at fair value. The fair value for structured resale agreements is determined using a model that includes observable market data such as interest rates as inputs. Readily observable market inputs to this model can be validated to external sources, including yield curves, implied volatility or other market-related data. These instruments are classified as Level 2.
Loans
Loans accounted for at fair value consist primarily of residential mortgage loans. These loans are generally valued similarly to residential mortgage loans held for sale and are classified as Level 2. However, similar to residential mortgage loans held for sale, if these loans are repurchased and unsalable, they are classified as Level 3. In addition, repurchased VA loans, where only a portion of the principal will be reimbursed, are classified as Level 3. The fair value is determined using a discounted cash flow calculation based on our historical loss rate. Due to the unobservable nature of this pool level approach, these loans are classified as Level 3.
Additionally, we have elected to account for certain home equity lines of credit at fair value. These loans are classified as Level 3. This category also includes repurchased brokered home equity loans. These loans are repurchased due to a breach of representations or warranties in the loan sales agreement and occur typically after the loan is in default.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 153
Similar to existing loans classified as Level 3 due to being repurchased and unsalable, the fair value price is based on bids and market observations of transactions of similar vintage. Because transaction details regarding the credit and underwriting quality are often unavailable, unobservable bid information from brokers and investors is heavily relied upon. Accordingly, based on the significance of unobservable inputs, these loans are classified as Level 3. The fair value of these loans is included in the Loans - Home equity line item in Table 76 in this Note 7.
Significant inputs to the valuation of residential mortgage loans include credit and liquidity discount, cumulative default rate, loss severity and gross discount rate and are deemed representative of current market conditions. Significant increases (decreases) in an assumption would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.
BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock
We have elected to account for the shares of BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock received in a stock exchange with BlackRock at fair value. As of both December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we hold approximately 1.3 million shares of BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock, which are available to fund our obligation in connection with the BlackRock LTIP programs. See Note 24 Subsequent Events for information on the February 1, 2016 transfer of 0.5 million shares of the Series C Preferred Stock to BlackRock to satisfy a portion of our LTIP obligation. The Series C Preferred Stock economically hedges the BlackRock LTIP liability that is accounted for as a derivative. The fair value of the Series C Preferred Stock is determined using a third-party modeling approach, which includes both observable and unobservable inputs. This approach considers expectations of a default/liquidation event and the use of liquidity discounts based on our inability to sell the security at a fair, open market price in a timely manner. Although dividends are equal to common shares and other preferred series, significant transfer restrictions exist on our Series C shares for any purpose other than to satisfy the BlackRock LTIP obligation. Due to the significance of unobservable inputs, this security is classified as Level 3. Significant increases (decreases) in the liquidity discount would result in a significantly lower (higher) asset value for the BlackRock Series C and vice versa for the BlackRock LTIP liability.
Other Assets and Liabilities
We have entered into a prepaid forward contract with a financial institution to mitigate the risk on a portion of PNC’s deferred compensation, supplemental incentive savings plan liabilities and certain stock based compensation awards that are based on PNC’s stock price and are subject to market risk. The prepaid forward contract is initially valued at the transaction price and is subsequently valued by reference to the market price of PNC’s stock and is recorded in either Other Assets or Other Liabilities at fair value and is classified as Level 2.
In addition, deferred compensation and supplemental incentive savings plan participants may also invest based on fixed income and equity-based funds. PNC utilizes a Rabbi Trust to hedge the returns by purchasing similar funds on which the participant returns are based. The Rabbi Trust balances are recorded in Other Assets at fair value using the quoted market price. These assets are primarily being classified in Levels 1 and 2. The other asset category also includes FHLB interests and the retained interests related to the Small Business Administration (SBA) securitizations which are classified as Level 3, and certain trading loans which are classified as level 2. The other liabilities category includes a contingent liability which is classified as Level 3.
All Level 3 other assets and liabilities are included in the Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities line item in Table 76 in this Note 7.
Other Borrowed Funds
We have elected to account for other borrowed funds at fair value consisting of the related liability for transferred loans over which PNC regained effective control pursuant to ASC 860. These other borrowed funds are classified as either Level 2 or Level 3 consistent with the corresponding loans described above. All Level 3 amounts are included in the Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities line item in Table 76 in this Note 7.
Other borrowed funds also included certain liabilities consisting primarily of secured debt at fair value. As of December 31, 2015, this secured debt was no longer outstanding due to repurchases. These other borrowed funds were classified as Level 3. Significant unobservable inputs for these borrowed funds include credit and liquidity discount and spread over the benchmark curve. Significant increases (decreases) in these input assumptions would result in significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.
154 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Table 74: Fair Value Measurements - Recurring Basis Summary
(continued on following page)
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 155
(a) Included in Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Amounts at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, are presented gross and are not reduced by the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow PNC to net positive and negative positions and cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparty. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the net asset amounts were $1.8 billion and $2.6 billion, respectively, and the net liability amounts were $.6 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively.
(c) Included in Loans held for sale on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. PNC has elected the fair value option for certain residential and commercial mortgage loans held for sale.
(d) Fair value includes net unrealized gains of $23 million at December 31, 2015 compared with net unrealized gains of $54 million at December 31, 2014.
(e) Approximately 28% of these securities are residential mortgage-backed securities and 57% are U.S. Treasury and government agencies securities at December 31, 2015. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2014 were 34% and 57%, respectively.
(f) In accordance with ASC 820-10, certain investments that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(g) Included in Federal funds sold and resale agreements on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. PNC has elected the fair value option for these items.
(h) Included in Loans on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(i) PNC has elected the fair value option for these shares.
(j) Included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(k) Included in Other borrowed funds on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Reconciliations of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs for 2015 and 2014 follow.
Table 75: Reconciliation of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
Year Ended December 31, 2015
156 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Year Ended December 31, 2014
(a) Losses for assets are bracketed while losses for liabilities are not.
(b) The amount of the total gains or losses for the period included in earnings that is attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses related to those assets and liabilities held at the end of the reporting period.
(c) Primarily reflects the reclassification of residential mortgage loans from held for sale to portfolio loans.
(d) Reflects transfers out of Level 3 due to the transfer of residential mortgage loans to OREO.
(e) Net gains (realized and unrealized) included in earnings relating to Level 3 assets and liabilities were $454 million for 2015 compared with net gains (realized and unrealized) of $183 million for 2014. These amounts also included amortization and accretion of $147 million for 2015 compared with $146 million for 2014. The amortization and accretion amounts were included in Interest income on the Consolidated Income Statement, and the remaining net gains/(losses) (realized and unrealized) were included in Noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.
(f) Net unrealized losses relating to those assets and liabilities held at the end of the reporting period were $189 million for 2015, compared with net unrealized gains of $130 million for 2014. These amounts were included in Noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.
(g) Includes swaps entered into in connection with sales of certain Visa Class B common shares.
(h) Reflects transfers from Level 2 to Level 3 due to valuation inputs that were deemed to be unobservable.
(i) Settlements relating to commercial MSRs include $552 million, which represents the fair value as of January 1, 2014 as a result of an irrevocable election to measure all classes of commercial MSRs at fair value. Refer to Note 8 Goodwill and Intangible Assets for additional information on commercial MSRs.
An instrument’s categorization within the hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Changes from one quarter to the next related to the observability of inputs to a fair value measurement may result in a reclassification (transfer) of assets or liabilities between hierarchy levels. PNC’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the end of the reporting period.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 157
Quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs within Level 3 recurring assets and liabilities follows.
Table 76: Fair Value Measurements - Recurring Quantitative Information
December 31, 2015
158 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
December 31, 2014
(a) Level 3 residential mortgage-backed non-agency and asset-backed securities with fair values as of December 31, 2015 totaling $3,379 million and $448 million, respectively, were priced by a third-party vendor using a discounted cash flow pricing model that incorporates consensus pricing, where available. The comparable amounts as of December 31, 2014 were $4,081 million and $532 million, respectively. The significant unobservable inputs for these securities were provided by the third-party vendor and are disclosed in the table. Our procedures to validate the prices provided by the third-party vendor related to these securities are discussed further in the Fair Value Measurement section of this Note 7. Certain Level 3 residential mortgage-backed non-agency and asset-backed securities with fair values as of December 31, 2015 of $629 million and $34 million, respectively, were valued using a pricing source, such as a dealer quote or comparable security price, for which the significant unobservable inputs used to determine the price were not reasonably available. The comparable amounts as of December 31, 2014 were $717 million and $31 million, respectively.
(b) The assumed yield spread over the benchmark curve for each instrument is generally intended to incorporate non-interest-rate risks, such as credit and liquidity risks.
(c) Consensus pricing refers to fair value estimates that are generally internally developed using information such as dealer quotes or other third-party provided valuations or comparable asset prices.
(d) This conversion factor reflects the 4-for-1 split of Visa Class A common shares, which occurred during the first quarter of 2015.
(e) Represents the aggregate amount of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis that are individually and in the aggregate insignificant. The amount includes certain financial derivative assets and liabilities, trading securities (for the 2015 period), state and municipal securities (for the 2015 period), other debt securities (for 2015 period), residential mortgage loans held for sale, other assets, other borrowed funds (ROAPs) and other liabilities. For additional information, please see the Fair Value Measurement discussion included in this Note 7.
(f) Consisted of total Level 3 assets of $8,606 million and total Level 3 liabilities of $495 million as of December 31, 2015 and $9,788 million and $716 million as of December 31, 2014, respectively.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 159
Financial Assets Accounted for at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
We may be required to measure certain financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower of amortized cost or fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets due to impairment and are included in Table 77 and Table 78.
Nonaccrual Loans
Nonaccrual loans represent the fair value of those loans which have been adjusted due to impairment. The impairment is primarily based on the appraised value of the collateral or LGD percentage. The LGD percentage is used to determine the weighted average loss severity of the nonaccrual loans.
As part of the appraisal process, persons ordering or reviewing appraisals are independent of the asset manager. Appraisals must be provided by licensed or certified appraisers and conform to the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice. For loans secured by commercial properties where the underlying collateral is in excess of $250,000, appraisals are obtained at least annually. In certain instances (e.g., physical changes in the property), a more recent appraisal is obtained. Additionally, borrower ordered appraisals are not permitted, and PNC ordered appraisals are regularly reviewed. For loans secured by commercial properties where the underlying collateral is $250,000 and less, there is no requirement to obtain an appraisal. In instances where an appraisal is not obtained, the collateral value is determined consistent with external third-party appraisal standards by an internal person independent of the asset manager. PNC has a real estate valuation services group whose sole function is to manage the real estate appraisal solicitation and evaluation process for commercial loans. All third-party appraisals are reviewed by this group, including consideration of comments/questions on the appraisal by the reviewer, customer relationship manager, credit officer, and underwriter. Upon resolving these comments/questions through discussions with the third-party appraiser, adjustments to the initial appraisal may occur and be incorporated into the final issued appraisal report.
If an appraisal is outdated due to changed project or market conditions, or if the net book value is utilized, management uses an LGD percentage which represents the exposure PNC expects to lose in the event a borrower defaults on an obligation. Accordingly, LGD, which represents the loss severity, is a function of collateral recovery rates and loan-to-value. Those rates are established based upon actual PNC loss experience and external market data. In instances where we have agreed to sell the property to a third party, the fair value is based on the contractual sales price adjusted for costs to sell. In these instances, the most significant unobservable input is the appraised value or the sales price. The estimated costs to sell are incremental direct costs to transact a sale such as broker commissions, legal, closing costs and title transfer fees. The costs must be essential to the sale and would not
have been incurred if the decision to sell had not been made. The costs to sell are based on costs associated with our actual sales of commercial and residential OREO and foreclosed assets, which are assessed annually.
Loans Held for Sale
Loans held for sale includes syndicated commercial loan inventory. The fair value of the syndicated commercial loan inventory is primarily determined based on prices provided by a third-party vendor. The third-party vendor prices are based upon dealer quotes. For nonrecurring fair value measurements, these instruments are classified within Level 2.
Prior to September 1, 2014, loans held for sale also included the carrying value of commercial mortgage loans which are intended to be sold to agencies with servicing retained. The fair value of the commercial mortgage loans held for sale is determined using discounted cash flows. Significant observable market data includes the applicable benchmark interest rates. These instruments are classified within Level 3. Significant unobservable inputs include a spread over the benchmark curve and the estimated servicing cash flows for loans sold to the agencies with servicing retained. Significant increases (decreases) to the spread over the benchmark curve would result in a significantly lower (higher) carrying value of the assets. Significant increases (decreases) in the estimated servicing cash flows for loans sold to the agencies with servicing retained would result in significantly higher (lower) carrying value.
Refer to the Fair Value Measurement section of this Note 7 for information on commercial mortgages held for sale to agencies subsequent to our September 1, 2014 election of fair value option.
Equity Investments
Equity investments represent the carrying value of Low Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) investments held for sale calculated using a discounted cash flow model. The significant unobservable input is management’s estimate of required market rate of return. The market rate of return is based on comparison to recent LIHTC sales in the market. Significant increases (decreases) in this input would result in a significantly lower (higher) carrying value of the investments.
OREO and Foreclosed Assets
OREO and foreclosed assets represent the carrying value of OREO and foreclosed assets for which valuation adjustments were recorded subsequent to the transfer to OREO and foreclosed assets. Valuation adjustments are based on the fair value less cost to sell of the property. Fair value is based on appraised value or sales price.
The appraisal process for OREO and foreclosed properties is the same as described above for nonaccrual loans. In instances where we have agreed to sell the property to a third party, the fair value is based on the contractual sale price adjusted for
160 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
costs to sell. The significant unobservable inputs for OREO and foreclosed assets are the appraised value or the sales price. The estimated costs to sell are incremental direct costs to transact a sale such as broker commissions, legal, closing costs and title transfer fees. The costs must be essential to the sale and would not have been incurred if the decision to sell had not been made. The costs to sell are based on costs associated with our sales of commercial and residential OREO and foreclosed assets, which are assessed annually.
Long-Lived Assets Held for Sale
Long-lived assets held for sale represent the carrying value of the asset for which valuation adjustments were recorded during the current year and subsequent to the transfer to Long-lived assets held for sale. Valuation adjustments are based on the fair value of the property less an estimated cost to sell. Fair value is determined either by a recent appraisal, recent sales offer or changes in market or property conditions. Appraisals are provided by licensed or certified appraisers. Where we have agreed to sell the property to a third party, the fair value is based on the contractual sale price. The significant unobservable inputs for Long-lived assets held for sale are the appraised value, the sales price or the changes in market or property conditions. Changes in market or property conditions are subjectively determined by management through observation of the physical condition of the property along with the condition of properties in the surrounding market place. The availability and recent sales of similar properties is also considered. The range of fair values can vary significantly as this category often includes smaller properties such as offsite ATM locations and smaller rural branches up to large commercial buildings, operation centers or urban branches.
Table 77: Fair Value Measurements - Nonrecurring
(a) All Level 3 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 except for $8 million included in Loans held for sale which was categorized as Level 2 as of December 31, 2014.
(b) As of September 1, 2014, PNC elected to account for agency loans held for sale at fair value. Accordingly, beginning on September 1, 2014, all new commercial mortgage loans held for sale originated for sale to the agencies are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
(c) As of January 1, 2014, PNC made an irrevocable election to subsequently measure all classes of commercial MSRs at fair value. Accordingly, beginning with the first quarter of 2014, commercial MSRs are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
Quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs within Level 3 nonrecurring assets follows.
Table 78: Fair Value Measurements - Nonrecurring Quantitative Information
(a) The fair value of nonaccrual loans included in this line item is determined based on internal loss rates. The fair value of nonaccrual loans where the fair value is determined based on the appraised value or sales price is included within Other, below.
(b) LGD percentage represents the amount that PNC expects to lose in the event a borrower defaults on an obligation.
(c) Other included Nonaccrual loans of $10 million, OREO and foreclosed assets of $137 million and Long-lived assets held for sale of $23 million as of December 31, 2015. Comparably, as of December 31, 2014, Other included Nonaccrual loans of $25 million, OREO and foreclosed assets of $168 million and Long-lived assets held for sale of $22 million. The fair value of these assets is determined based on appraised value or sales price, the range of which is not meaningful to disclose.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 161
Financial Instruments Accounted For Under Fair Value Option
We elect the fair value option to account for certain financial instruments. For more information on these financial instruments for which the fair value option election has been made, please refer to the Fair Value Measurement section of this Note 7. These financial instruments are initially measured at fair value, gains and losses from initial measurement and any changes in fair value are subsequently recognized in earnings. Additional information about the financial instruments for which we elected the fair value option follows.
Customer Resale Agreements
Interest income on structured resale agreements is reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in Other interest income. Changes in fair value due to instrument-specific credit risk for 2015 and 2014 were not material.
Commercial Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
Interest income on these loans is recorded as earned and reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in Other interest income. Changes in fair value due to instrument-specific credit risk for both 2015 and 2014 were not material.
Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
Interest income on these loans is recorded as earned and reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in Other interest income. Throughout 2015 and 2014, certain residential mortgage loans for which we elected the fair value option were subsequently reclassified to portfolio loans. Changes in fair value due to instrument-specific credit risk for 2015 and 2014 were not material.
Residential Mortgage Loans - Portfolio
Interest income on these loans is recorded as earned and reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in either Loan interest income or Other interest income. Interest income on
the Home Equity Lines of Credit for which we elected the fair value option during first quarter 2013 is reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in Loan interest income.
Other Assets
Interest income on trading loans is reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in Other interest income. Changes in value on the prepaid forward contract are reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in Other noninterest expense.
Other Borrowed Funds
Interest expense on the Other borrowed funds for which we have elected the fair value option is reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in Borrowed funds interest expense.
The changes in fair value for items for which we elected the fair value option and are included in Noninterest income and Noninterest expense on the Consolidated Income Statement are as follows.
Table 79: Fair Value Option - Changes in Fair Value (a)
(a) The impact on earnings of offsetting hedged items or hedging instruments is not reflected in these amounts.
162 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Fair values and aggregate unpaid principal balances of items for which we elected the fair value option follow.
Table 80: Fair Value Option - Fair Value and Principal Balances
(a) There were no accruing loans 90 days or more past due within this category at December 31, 2015 or December 31, 2014.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 163
Additional Fair Value Information Related to Other Financial Instruments
The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values, including the level within the fair value hierarchy, of all other financial instruments that are not measured on the consolidated financial statements at fair value as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
Table 81: Additional Fair Value Information Related to Other Financial Instruments
(a) Represents estimated fair value of Visa Class B common shares, which was estimated solely based upon the December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 closing price for the Visa Class A common shares, respectively, and the Visa Class B common share conversion rate, which reflects adjustments in respect of all litigation funding by Visa as of that date. The transfer restrictions on the Visa Class B common shares could impact the aforementioned estimate, until they can be converted to Class A common shares. See Note 21 Commitments and Guarantees for additional information.
164 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
The aggregate fair values in the preceding table represent only a portion of the total market value of PNC’s assets and liabilities as, in accordance with the guidance related to fair values of financial instruments, Table 81 excludes the following:
•
financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis,
•
real and personal property,
•
lease financing,
•
loan customer relationships,
•
deposit customer intangibles,
•
mortgage servicing rights,
•
retail branch networks,
•
fee-based businesses, such as asset management and brokerage, and
•
trademarks and brand names.
We used the following methods and assumptions to estimate the fair value amounts for financial instruments included in Table 81.
General
For short-term financial instruments realizable in three months or less, the carrying amount reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheet approximates fair value. Unless otherwise stated, the rates used in discounted cash flow analyses are based on market yield curves.
Cash and due from banks
The carrying amounts reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheet for cash and due from banks approximate fair values. For purposes of this disclosure only, cash and due from banks includes the following:
•
due from banks, and
•
non-interest-earning deposits with banks.
Short-Term Assets
The carrying amounts reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheet for short-term investments approximate fair values primarily due to their short-term nature. For purposes of this disclosure only, short-term assets include the following:
•
federal funds sold and resale agreements,
•
cash collateral,
•
customers’ acceptances,
•
accrued interest receivable, and
•
interest-earning deposits with banks.
Securities held to maturity
We primarily use prices obtained from pricing services, dealer quotes or recent trades to determine the fair value of securities. As of December 31, 2015, 95% of the positions in the held to maturity portfolio were priced by pricing services provided by third-party vendors. Refer to the Fair Value Measurement section of this Note 7 for additional information relating to our pricing processes and procedures.
Net Loans And Loans Held For Sale
Fair values are estimated based on the discounted value of expected net cash flows incorporating assumptions about prepayment rates, net credit losses and servicing fees. For revolving home equity loans and commercial credit lines, this fair value does not include any amount for new loans or the related fees that will be generated from the existing customer relationships. Nonaccrual loans are valued at their estimated recovery value. Loans are presented net of the ALLL and do not include future accretable discounts related to purchased impaired loans.
Other Assets
Other assets as shown in Table 81 includes equity investments carried at cost as well as FHLB and FRB stock. The aggregate carrying value of our FHLB and FRB stock was $1.8 billion at both December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, which approximates fair value at each date.
Investments accounted for under the equity method, including our investment in BlackRock, are not included in Table 81.
Deposits
For deposits with no defined maturity, such as noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing demand and interest-bearing money market and savings deposits, carrying values approximate fair values. For time deposits, fair values are estimated by discounting contractual cash flows using current market rates for instruments with similar maturities. The value of long-term relationships with depositors was not taken into account in estimating fair values.
Borrowed Funds
For short-term borrowings, including Federal funds purchased, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and certain other short-term borrowings and payables, carrying values approximated fair values. For long-term borrowed funds, quoted market prices are used, when available, to estimate fair value. When quoted market prices are not available, fair value is estimated based on current market interest rates and credit spreads for debt with similar terms and maturities.
Unfunded Loan Commitments And Letters Of Credit
The fair value of unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit is determined from a market participant’s view including the impact of changes in interest rates and credit. Because our obligation on substantially all unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit varies with changes in interest rates, these instruments are subject to little fluctuation in fair value due to changes in interest rates. We establish a liability on these facilities related to the creditworthiness of our counterparty.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 165
NOTE 8 GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Assets and liabilities of acquired entities are recorded at estimated fair value as of the acquisition date.
Goodwill
Changes in goodwill by business segment during 2015 and 2014 follow:
Table 82: Goodwill by Business Segment (a)
(a) The Residential Mortgage Banking, BlackRock and Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio business segments did not have any goodwill allocated to them during 2015, 2014, and 2013.
We conduct a goodwill impairment test on our reporting units at least annually, in the fourth quarter, or more frequently if events occur or circumstances have changed significantly from the annual test date. The fair value of our reporting units with goodwill is determined by using discounted cash flow and, when applicable, market comparability methodologies. Based on the results of our analysis, there were no impairment charges related to goodwill in 2015 or 2014.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
We recognize the right to service mortgage loans for others as an intangible asset. MSRs are purchased or originated when loans are sold with servicing retained. MSRs totaled $1.6 billion and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, and consisted of loan servicing contracts for commercial and residential mortgages measured at fair value.
Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights
As of January 1, 2014, PNC made an irrevocable election to subsequently measure all classes of commercial MSRs at fair value in order to eliminate any potential measurement mismatch between our economic hedges and the commercial MSRs. The impact of the cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings was not material, and the valuation allowance associated with the commercial MSRs was reclassified to the gross carrying amount of commercial MSRs. We recognize gains/(losses) on changes in the fair value of commercial MSRs as a result of the election. Commercial MSRs are subject to declines in value from actual or expected prepayment of the underlying loans and defaults as well as market driven changes in interest rates. We manage this risk by economically hedging the fair value of commercial MSRs with securities and derivative instruments which are expected to increase (or decrease) in value when the value of commercial MSRs declines (or increases).
The fair value of commercial MSRs is estimated by using a discounted cash flow model incorporating inputs for assumptions as to constant prepayment rates, discount rates and other factors determined based on current market conditions and expectations.
Changes in the commercial MSRs accounted for at fair value during 2015 and 2014, follow:
Table 83: Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights Accounted for at Fair Value
(a) Represents decrease in MSR value due to passage of time, including the impact from both regularly scheduled loan principal payments and loans that were paid down or paid off during the period.
(b) Represents MSR value changes resulting primarily from market-driven changes in interest rates.
Prior to 2014, commercial MSRs were initially recorded at fair value and subsequently accounted for at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. These rights were substantially amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income of 5 to 10 years. Commercial MSRs were periodically evaluated for impairment. For purposes of impairment, the commercial MSRs were stratified based on asset type, which characterized the predominant risk of the underlying financial asset. If the carrying amount of any individual stratum exceeded its fair value, a valuation reserve was established with a corresponding charge to Corporate services on our Consolidated Income Statement.
166 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Changes in commercial MSRs during 2013, prior to the irrevocable fair value election, follow:
Table 84: Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights Accounted for Under the Amortization Method
(a) Additions for 2013 included $53 million from loans sold with servicing retained and $85 million from purchases of servicing rights from third parties.
Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights
We recognize mortgage servicing right assets on residential real estate loans when we retain the obligation to service these loans upon sale and the servicing fee is more than adequate compensation. Residential MSRs are subject to declines in value from actual or expected prepayment of the underlying loans and defaults as well as market driven changes in interest rates. We manage this risk by economically hedging the fair value of residential MSRs with securities and derivative instruments which are expected to increase (or decrease) in value when the value of residential MSRs declines (or increases).
The fair value of residential MSRs is estimated by using a discounted cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors which are determined based on current market conditions.
Changes in the residential MSRs follow:
Table 85: Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights
(a) Represents decrease in MSR value due to passage of time, including the impact from both regularly scheduled loan principal payments and loans that were paid down or paid off during the period.
(b) Represents MSR value changes resulting primarily from market-driven changes in interest rates.
Sensitivity Analysis
The fair value of commercial and residential MSRs and significant inputs to the valuation models as of December 31, 2015 are shown in the tables below. The expected and actual rates of mortgage loan prepayments are significant factors driving the fair value. Management uses both internal proprietary models and a third-party model to estimate future commercial mortgage loan prepayments and a third-party model to estimate future residential mortgage loan prepayments. These models have been refined based on current market conditions and management judgment. Future interest rates are another important factor in the valuation of MSRs. Management utilizes market implied forward interest rates to estimate the future direction of mortgage and discount rates. The forward rates utilized are derived from the current yield curve for U.S. dollar interest rate swaps and are consistent with pricing of capital markets instruments. Changes in the shape and slope of the forward curve in future periods may result in volatility in the fair value estimate.
A sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect on the fair value of MSRs to adverse changes in key assumptions is presented below. These sensitivities do not include the impact of the related hedging activities. Changes in fair value generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSRs is calculated independently without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, changes in mortgage interest rates, which drive
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 167
changes in prepayment rate estimates, could result in changes in the interest rate spread), which could either magnify or counteract the sensitivities.
The following tables set forth the fair value of commercial and residential MSRs and the sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect on the fair value of MSRs to immediate adverse changes of 10% and 20% in those assumptions:
Table 86: Commercial Mortgage Loan Servicing Rights - Key Valuation Assumptions
Table 87: Residential Mortgage Loan Servicing Rights - Key Valuation Assumptions
Fees from mortgage loan servicing, which includes contractually specified servicing fees, late fees and ancillary fees, follows:
Table 88: Fees from Mortgage Loan Servicing
We also generate servicing fees from fee-based activities provided to others for which we do not have an associated servicing asset.
Fees from commercial and residential MSRs are reported on our Consolidated Income Statement in the line items Corporate services and Residential mortgage, respectively.
Other Intangible Assets
Other intangible assets consist primarily of core deposit intangibles, customer lists and non-compete agreements. Core deposit intangibles are amortized on an accelerated basis, whereas the remaining other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis. The estimated remaining useful lives of our other intangible assets range from 1 year to 9 years, with a weighted-average remaining useful life of 6 years.
Other intangible assets were as follows at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:
Table 89: Other Intangible Assets
Changes in other intangible assets during 2015 and 2014 follow:
Table 90: Summary of Changes in Other Intangible Assets
168 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Amortization expense on existing other intangible assets for 2015, 2014 and 2013, as well as estimated future amortization expense for the next five fiscal years, follows:
Table 91: Amortization Expense on Existing Intangible Assets
(a) Amounts include amortization expense related to commercial MSRs. As of January 1, 2014, PNC made an irrevocable election to measure commercial MSRs at fair value, and, accordingly, amortization expense for commercial MSRs is no longer recorded.
NOTE 9 PREMISES, EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
Premises, equipment and leasehold improvements, stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, were as follows:
Table 92: Premises, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements
(a) Primarily relates to equipment and buildings.
Depreciation expense on premises, equipment and leasehold improvements and amortization expense, excluding intangible assets, primarily for capitalized internally developed software was as follows:
Table 93: Depreciation and Amortization Expense
We lease certain facilities and equipment under agreements expiring at various dates through the year 2081. We account for these as operating leases. Rental expense on such leases was as follows:
Table 94: Lease Rental Expense
Required minimum annual rentals that we owe on noncancelable leases having initial or remaining terms in excess of one year totaled $2.7 billion at December 31, 2015. Future minimum annual rentals are as follows:
•
2016: $378 million,
•
2017: $350 million,
•
2018: $315 million,
•
2019: $264 million,
•
2020: $222 million, and
•
2021 and thereafter: $1.2 billion.
NOTE 10 TIME DEPOSITS
Total time deposits of $20.5 billion at December 31, 2015 have future contractual maturities, including related purchase accounting adjustments, as follows:
•
2016: $15.1 billion,
•
2017: $1.2 billion,
•
2018: $0.4 billion,
•
2019: $0.4 billion,
•
2020: $0.8 billion, and
•
2021 and thereafter: $2.6 billion.
NOTE 11 BORROWED FUNDS
The following shows the carrying value of total borrowed funds of $54.5 billion at December 31, 2015 (including adjustments related to purchase accounting, accounting hedges and unamortized original issuance discounts) by remaining contractual maturity:
•
2016: $10.9 billion,
•
2017: $10.6 billion,
•
2018: $11.2 billion,
•
2019: $8.4 billion,
•
2020: $4.7 billion, and
•
2021 and thereafter: $8.7 billion.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 169
The following table presents the contractual rates and maturity dates of our FHLB borrowings, bank notes, senior debt and subordinated debt as of December 31, 2015.
Table 95: FHLB Borrowings, Bank Notes, Senior Debt and Subordinated Debt
(a) FHLB borrowings are generally collateralized by residential mortgage loans, other mortgage-related loans and commercial mortgage-backed securities.
In the table above, the carrying values for bank notes, senior debt and subordinated debt include basis adjustments of $36 million, $175 million and $246 million, respectively, related to fair value accounting hedges as of December 31, 2015.
Also included in borrowed funds are repurchase agreements. See Note 21 Commitments and Guarantees for additional information on those agreements. Additionally, certain borrowings are reported at fair value. Refer to Note 7 Fair Value for more information on those borrowings.
Junior Subordinated Debentures
PNC Capital Trust C, a wholly-owned finance subsidiary of PNC, owns junior subordinated debentures issued by PNC with a carrying value of $205 million. In June 1998, PNC Capital Trust C issued $200 million of trust preferred securities which bear interest at an annual rate of 3 month LIBOR plus 57 basis points. The trust preferred securities are due June 1, 2028 and are currently redeemable by PNC Capital Trust C at par. At December 31, 2015, the interest rate in effect was .98%. This carrying value and related net discounts of $1 million comprise the $206 million principal amount of junior subordinated debentures associated with $200 million of trust preferred securities that were issued by the Trust. In accordance with GAAP, the financial statements of the Trust are not included in PNC’s consolidated financial statements.
The obligations of PNC, as the parent of the Trust, when taken collectively, are the equivalent of a full and unconditional guarantee of the obligations of the Trust under the terms of the trust preferred securities. Such guarantee is subordinate in
right of payment in the same manner as other junior subordinated debt. There are certain restrictions on PNC’s overall ability to obtain funds from its subsidiaries. For additional disclosure on these funding restrictions, see Note 19 Regulatory Matters. PNC and PNC Bank are also subject to restrictions on dividends and other provisions potentially imposed by the REIT preferred securities, including under the Exchange Agreement with PNC Preferred Funding Trust II, as described in Note 16 Equity.
PNC is subject to certain restrictions, including restrictions on dividend payments, in connection with the outstanding junior subordinated debentures. Generally, if there is (i) an event of default under the debenture, (ii) PNC elects to defer interest on the debenture, (iii) PNC exercises its right to defer payments on the related trust preferred securities, or (iv) there is a default under PNC’s guarantee of such payment obligations, then PNC would be subject during the period of such default or deferral to restrictions on dividends and other provisions protecting the status of the debenture holders similar to or in some ways more restrictive than those potentially imposed under the Exchange Agreement with PNC Preferred Funding Trust II, as described in Note 16 Equity.
NOTE 12 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Pension and Postretirement Plans
We have a noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan covering eligible employees. Benefits are determined using a cash balance formula where earnings credits are a percentage of eligible compensation. Earnings credit percentages for those employees who were plan participants on December 31, 2009 are frozen at the level earned to that point. Earnings credits for all employees who become participants on or after January 1, 2010 are a flat 3% of eligible compensation. All plan participants earn interest on their cash balances based on 30-year Treasury securities rates with those who were participants at December 31, 2009 earning a minimum rate. New participants on or after January 1, 2010 are not subject to the minimum rate. Any pension contributions to the plan are based on an actuarially determined amount necessary to fund total benefits payable to plan participants. In February 2015, PNC made a voluntary contribution of $200 million to the qualified pension plan.
We also maintain nonqualified supplemental retirement plans for certain employees and provide certain health care and life insurance benefits for qualifying retired employees (postretirement benefits) through various plans. PNC reserves the right to terminate or make changes to these plans at any time. The nonqualified pension plan is unfunded. In November of 2015, PNC established a voluntary employee beneficiary association (VEBA) to partially fund postretirement medical and life insurance benefit obligations. PNC made a contribution of $200 million to the VEBA in December 2015.
170 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
We use a measurement date of December 31 for plan assets and benefit obligations. A reconciliation of the changes in the projected benefit obligation for qualified pension, nonqualified pension and postretirement benefit plans as well as the change in plan assets for the qualified pension plan follows.
Table 96: Reconciliation of Changes in Projected Benefit Obligation and Change in Plan Assets
At December 31, 2015, the fair value of the qualified pension plan assets was less than both the accumulated benefit obligation and the projected benefit obligation.
The nonqualified pension plan is unfunded. Contributions from PNC and, in the case of the postretirement benefit plans, participant contributions cover all benefits paid under the nonqualified pension plan and postretirement benefit plans. The postretirement plan provides benefits to certain retirees that are at least actuarially equivalent to those provided by Medicare Part D and accordingly, we receive a federal subsidy as shown in Table 96.
In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) was enacted. Key aspects of the PPACA which
are reflected in our consolidated financial statements include the excise tax on high-cost health plans beginning in 2018 and fees for the Transitional Reinsurance Program and the Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute. These provisions did not have a significant effect on our postretirement medical liability or costs. The Early Retiree Reinsurance Program (ERRP) was established by the PPACA. Congress appropriated funding of $5.0 billion for this temporary ERRP to provide financial assistance to employers, unions, and state and local governments to help them maintain coverage for early retirees age 55 and older who are not yet eligible for Medicare, including their spouses, surviving spouses, and dependents. PNC did not receive reimbursement in 2014 related to the 2013 plan year. The ERRP terminated effective January 1, 2014.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 171
PNC Pension Plan Assets
Assets related to our qualified pension plan (the Plan) are held in trust (the Trust). Effective July 1, 2011, the trustee is The Bank of New York Mellon. The Trust is exempt from tax pursuant to section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the Code). The Plan is qualified under section 401(a) of the Code. Plan assets consist primarily of listed domestic and international equity securities, U.S. government and agency securities, corporate debt securities, and real estate investments. The Plan held no PNC common stock as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. Administrative Committee (the Administrative Committee) adopted the Pension Plan Investment Policy Statement, including target allocations and allowable ranges, on August 13, 2008. On February 25, 2010, the Administrative Committee amended the investment policy to include a dynamic asset allocation approach and also updated target allocation ranges for certain asset categories. On February 24, 2014, the Administrative Committee amended the investment policy to update the target allocation ranges for certain asset categories.
The long-term investment strategy for pension plan assets is to:
•
Meet present and future benefit obligations to all participants and beneficiaries,
•
Cover reasonable expenses incurred to provide such benefits, including expenses incurred in the administration of the Trust and the Plan,
•
Provide sufficient liquidity to meet benefit and expense payment requirements on a timely basis, and
•
Provide a total return that, over the long term, maximizes the ratio of trust assets to liabilities by maximizing investment return, at an appropriate level of risk.
Under the dynamic asset allocation strategy, scenarios are outlined in which the Administrative Committee has the ability to make short to intermediate term asset allocation shifts based on factors such as the Plan’s funded status, the Administrative Committee’s view of return on equities relative to long term expectations, the Administrative Committee’s view on the direction of interest rates and credit spreads, and other relevant financial or economic factors which would be expected to impact the ability of the Trust to meet its obligation to participants and beneficiaries. Accordingly, the allowable asset allocation ranges have been updated to incorporate the flexibility required by the dynamic allocation policy.
The Plan’s specific investment objective is to meet or exceed the investment policy benchmark over the long term. The investment policy benchmark compares actual performance to a weighted market index, and measures the contribution of active investment management and policy implementation. This investment objective is expected to be achieved over the long term (one or more market cycles) and is measured over
rolling five-year periods. Total return calculations are time-weighted and are net of investment-related fees and expenses.
The asset strategy allocations for the Trust at the end of 2015 and 2014, and the target allocation range at the end of 2015, by asset category, are as follows.
Table 97: Asset Strategy Allocations
The asset category represents the allocation of Plan assets in accordance with the investment objective of each of the Plan’s investment managers. Certain domestic equity investment managers utilize derivatives and fixed income securities as described in their Investment Management Agreements to achieve their investment objective under the Investment Policy Statement. Other investment managers may invest in eligible securities outside of their assigned asset category to meet their investment objectives. The actual percentage of the fair value of total Plan assets held as of December 31, 2015 for equity securities, fixed income securities, real estate and all other assets are 70%, 21%, 5% and 4%, respectively.
We believe that, over the long term, asset allocation is the single greatest determinant of risk. Asset allocation will deviate from the target percentages due to market movement, cash flows, investment manager performance and implementation of shifts under the dynamic allocation policy. Material deviations from the asset allocation targets can alter the expected return and risk of the Trust. On the other hand, frequent rebalancing to the asset allocation targets may result in significant transaction costs, which can impair the Trust’s ability to meet its investment objective. Accordingly, the Trust portfolio is periodically rebalanced to maintain asset allocation within the target ranges described above.
In addition to being diversified across asset classes, the Trust is diversified within each asset class. Secondary diversification provides a reasonable basis for the expectation that no single security or class of securities will have a disproportionate impact on the total risk and return of the Trust.
172 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
The Administrative Committee selects investment managers for the Trust based on the contributions that their respective investment styles and processes are expected to make to the investment performance of the overall portfolio. The managers’ Investment Objectives and Guidelines, which are a part of each manager’s Investment Management Agreement, document performance expectations and each manager’s role in the portfolio. The Administrative Committee uses the Investment Objectives and Guidelines to establish, guide, control and measure the strategy and performance for each manager.
The purpose of investment manager guidelines is to:
•
Establish the investment objective and performance standards for each manager,
•
Provide the manager with the capability to evaluate the risks of all financial instruments or other assets in which the manager’s account is invested, and
•
Prevent the manager from exposing its account to excessive levels of risk, undesired or inappropriate risk, or disproportionate concentration of risk.
The guidelines also indicate which investments and strategies the manager is permitted to use to achieve its performance objectives, and which investments and strategies it is prohibited from using.
Where investment strategies permit the use of derivatives and/or currency management, language is incorporated in the managers’ guidelines to define allowable and prohibited transactions and/or strategies. Derivatives are typically employed by investment managers to modify risk/return characteristics of their portfolio(s), implement asset allocation changes in a cost-effective manner, or reduce transaction costs. Under the managers’ investment guidelines, derivatives may not be used solely for speculation or leverage. Derivatives are to be used only in circumstances where they offer the most efficient economic means of improving the risk/reward profile of the portfolio.
BlackRock receives compensation for providing investment management services. The Asset Management Group business segment also receives compensation for payor-related services. Compensation for such services is paid by PNC and was not significant for 2015, 2014 or 2013. Non-affiliate service providers for the Trust are compensated from Plan assets.
Fair Value Measurements
As further described in Note 7 Fair Value, GAAP establishes the framework for measuring fair value, including a hierarchy used to classify the inputs used in measuring fair value.
A description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value at both December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 follows:
•
Money market and mutual funds are valued at the net asset value of the shares held by the pension plan at year end.
•
U.S. government and agency securities, corporate debt, common stock and preferred stock are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the individual securities are traded. If quoted market prices are not available for the specific security, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics. Such securities are generally classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy but may be a Level 3 depending on the level of liquidity and activity in the market for the security.
•
The collective trust fund investments are valued based upon the units of such collective trust fund held by the Plan at year end multiplied by the respective unit value. The unit value of the collective trust fund is based upon significant observable inputs, although it is not based upon quoted marked prices in an active market. The underlying investments of the collective trust funds consist primarily of equity securities, debt obligations, short-term investments, and other marketable securities. Due to the nature of these securities, there are no unfunded commitments or redemption restrictions. Certain collective trust fund investments based on net asset value are not classified as part of fair value hierarchy, in accordance with ASU 2015-07.
•
Limited partnerships are valued by investment managers based on recent financial information used to estimate fair value. Other investments held by the pension plan include derivative financial instruments and real estate, which are recorded at estimated fair value as determined by third-party appraisals and pricing models, and group annuity contracts, which are measured at fair value by discounting the related cash flows based on current yields of similar instruments with comparable durations considering the credit-worthiness of the issuer. In accordance with ASC 820-10, these investments are not classified in the fair value hierarchy.
These methods may result in fair value calculations that may not be indicative of net realizable values or future fair values. Furthermore, while the pension plan believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 173
The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Plan’s assets at fair value as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.
Table 98: Pension Plan Assets - Fair Value Hierarchy
(a) Corporate debt includes $29 million and $34 million of non-agency mortgage-backed securities as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
(b) The benefit plans own commingled funds that invest in equity securities. The funds seek to mirror the benchmark of the S&P 500 Index, Morgan Stanley Capital International ACWI X US Index, Morgan Stanley Capital EAFE Index, Morgan Stanley Capital Emerging Markets Index and the NCREIF ODCE NOF Index with the exception of the BlackRock Index Fund.
(c) The benefit plans own commingled funds that invest in equity and fixed income securities. The funds seek to mirror the performance of the S&P 500 Index, Russell 3000 Index, Morgan Stanley Capital International ACWI X US Index and the Dow Jones U.S. Select Real Estate Securities Index. The commingled fund that holds fixed income securities invests in domestic investment grade securities and seeks to mimic the performance of the Barclays Aggregate Bond Index.
(d) In accordance with ASC 820-10, certain investments that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
The following summarizes changes in the fair value of the pension plan’s Level 3 assets during 2015 and 2014.
Table 99: Rollforward of Pension Plan Level 3 Assets
174 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
The following table provides information regarding our estimated future cash flows related to our various plans.
Table 100: Estimated Cash Flows
The qualified pension plan contributions are deposited into the Trust, and the qualified pension plan benefit payments are paid from the Trust. In February 2015, PNC made a $200 million voluntary contribution to the Trust. Notwithstanding the contribution, we do not expect to be required to make a contribution to the qualified plan for 2016 based on the funding calculations under the Pension Protection Act of 2006. For the other plans, total contributions and the benefit payments are the same and represent expected benefit amounts, which are paid from general assets. Postretirement benefits are net of participant contributions. Estimated cash flows reflect the partial funding of postretirement medical and life insurance obligations in the VEBA.
The components of net periodic benefit cost/(income) and other amounts recognized in Other comprehensive income (OCI) were as follows.
Table 101: Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 175
The weighted-average assumptions used (as of the beginning of each year) to determine the net periodic costs shown above were as follows.
Table 102: Net Periodic Costs - Assumptions
The weighted-average assumptions used (as of the end of each year) to determine year end obligations for pension and postretirement benefits were as follows.
Table 103: Other Pension Assumptions
The discount rates are determined independently for each plan by comparing the expected future benefits that will be paid under each plan with yields available on high quality corporate bonds of similar duration. For this analysis, 10% of bonds with the highest yields and 40% with the lowest yields were removed from the bond universe.
The expected return on plan assets is a long-term assumption established by considering historical and anticipated returns of the asset classes invested in by the pension plan and the allocation strategy currently in place among those classes. We review this assumption at each measurement date and adjust it if warranted.
The health care cost trend rate assumptions shown in the preceding tables relate only to the postretirement benefit plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects.
Table 104: Effect of One Percent Change in Assumed Health Care Cost
Unamortized actuarial gains and losses and prior service costs and credits are recognized in AOCI each December 31, with amortization of these amounts through net periodic benefit cost. The estimated amounts that will be amortized in 2016 are as follows.
Table 105: Estimated Amortization of Unamortized Actuarial Gains and Losses - 2016
Defined Contribution Plans
The PNC Incentive Savings Plan (ISP) is a qualified defined contribution plan that covers all eligible PNC employees. Effective January 1, 2015, newly-hired full time employees and part-time employees who became eligible to participate in the ISP after that date are automatically enrolled in the ISP with a deferral rate equal to 4% of eligible compensation in the absence of an affirmative election otherwise. Employee benefits expense related to the ISP was $126 million in 2015, $108 million in 2014 and $120 million in 2013, representing cash contributed to the ISP by PNC.
Under the ISP, employee contributions up to 4% of eligible compensation as defined by the ISP are matched 100% once an employee has reached match-eligibility, subject to IRS Code limitations. PNC will contribute a minimum matching contribution up to $2,000 annually for eligible employees who contribute at least 4% of eligible compensation every pay period he or she is eligible during the year. This amount is prorated for certain employees, including part-time employees and those who are eligible for the company match for less than a full year. Additionally, PNC makes an annual true-up matching contribution to ensure that eligible participants receive the full company match available. Effective January 1, 2012, in the case of both the minimum and true-up matching contributions, eligible employees must remain employed on the last day of the applicable plan year in order to receive the contribution. Employees hired prior to January 1, 2010, became 100% vested in employer matching contributions immediately, while employees hired on or after January 1, 2010, generally become 100% vested in employer matching contributions after three years of service. Minimum matching contributions made with respect to the 2014 and 2013 plan years are immediately 100% vested.
176 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
The ISP is a 401(k) Plan and includes an employee stock ownership (ESOP) feature. Employee contributions are invested in a number of investment options, including pre mixed portfolios and individual core funds, available under the ISP at the direction of the employee. Although employees were also historically permitted to direct the investment of their contributions into the PNC common stock fund, this fund was frozen to future investments of such contributions effective January 1, 2010. All shares of PNC common stock held by the ISP are part of the ESOP. Effective January 1, 2011, employer matching contributions were made in cash.
We also maintain a nonqualified supplemental savings plan for certain employees, known as The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. Supplemental Incentive Savings Plan. Effective January 1, 2012, the Supplemental Incentive Savings Plan was frozen to new participants and for any deferrals of amounts earned on or after such date. It was replaced by a new plan called The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation and Incentive Plan.
NOTE 13 STOCK BASED COMPENSATION PLANS
We have long-term incentive award plans (Incentive Plans) that provide for the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, incentive shares/performance units, restricted shares, restricted share units, other share-based awards and dollar-denominated awards to executives and, other than incentive stock options, to non-employee directors. Certain Incentive Plan awards may be paid in stock, cash or a combination of stock and cash. We typically grant a substantial portion of our stock-based compensation awards during the first quarter of the year. As of December 31, 2015, no stock appreciation rights were outstanding.
Total compensation expense recognized related to all share-based payment arrangements during 2015, 2014 and 2013 was approximately $173 million, $181 million and $154 million, respectively. The total tax benefit recognized related to compensation expense on all share-based payment arrangements during 2015, 2014 and 2013 was approximately $63 million, $66 million and $56 million, respectively. At December 31, 2015, there was $191 million of unamortized share-based compensation expense related to nonvested equity compensation arrangements granted under the Incentive Plans. This unamortized cost is expected to be recognized as expense over a period of no longer than five years.
Nonqualified Stock Options
Beginning in 2014, PNC discontinued the use of stock options as a standard element of our long-term equity incentive compensation programs under our Incentive Plans and did not grant any options in 2015 and 2014. Prior to 2014, options were granted at exercise prices not less than the market value of a share of common stock on the grant date. Generally, options become exercisable in installments after the grant date. No option can be exercised after 10 years from its grant date. Payment of the option exercise price may be in cash or by surrendering shares of common stock at market value on the exercise date. The exercise price may also be paid by using previously owned shares.
Option Pricing Assumptions
For purposes of computing stock option expense for grants made in 2013, we estimated the fair value of stock options at the grant date by using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Option pricing models require the use of numerous assumptions, many of which are subjective.
We used the following assumptions in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine 2013 grant date fair value:
•
The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve,
•
The dividend yield is indicative of our current dividend rate,
•
Volatility is measured using the fluctuation in month-end closing stock prices over a period which corresponds with the average expected option life, but in no case less than a five-year period, and
•
The expected life represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding and is based on a weighted-average of historical option activity.
Table 106: Option Pricing Assumptions (a)
(a) PNC did not grant any stock options in 2015 and 2014.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 177
There were no options granted in 2013 where the grant date fair value exceeded the market value. The following table represents the stock option activity for 2015.
Table 107: Stock Option Rollforward
(a) PNC did not grant any stock options in 2015 and 2014.
(b) Adjusted for estimated forfeitures on unvested options.
To determine stock-based compensation expense, the grant date fair value is applied to the options granted with a reduction for estimated forfeitures. We recognize compensation expense for stock options on a straight-line basis over the specified vesting period.
At December 31, 2014 and 2013, options for 6,810,000 and 10,204,000 shares of common stock were exercisable at a weighted-average price of $82.86 and $89.46, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $62 million, $90 million and $86 million, respectively.
Cash received from option exercises under all Incentive Plans for 2015, 2014 and 2013 was approximately $103 million, $215 million and $208 million, respectively. The tax benefit realized from option exercises under all Incentive Plans for 2015, 2014 and 2013 was approximately $23 million, $33 million and $31 million, respectively.
Shares of common stock available during the next year for the granting of options and other awards under the Incentive Plans were approximately 14 million at December 31, 2015. Total shares of PNC common stock authorized for future issuance under equity compensation plans totaled approximately 15 million shares at December 31, 2015, which includes shares available for issuance under the Incentive Plans and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) as described below.
During 2015, we issued approximately 1.2 million common shares from treasury stock in connection with stock option exercise activity. As with past exercise activity, we currently intend to utilize primarily treasury stock for any future stock option exercises.
Awards granted to non-employee directors in 2015, 2014 and 2013 include 18,048, 21,490 and 27,076 deferred stock units, respectively, awarded under the Outside Directors Deferred Stock Unit Plan. A deferred stock unit is a phantom share of our common stock, which is accounted for as a liability until such awards are paid to the participants in cash. As there are no vesting or service requirements on these awards, total compensation expense is recognized in full for these awards on the date of grant.
Incentive/Performance Unit Awards and Restricted Share/Restricted Share Unit Awards
The fair value of nonvested incentive/performance unit awards and restricted share/restricted share unit awards is initially determined based on prices not less than the market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The value of certain incentive/performance unit awards is subsequently remeasured based on the achievement of one or more financial and other performance goals. The Personnel and Compensation Committee (“P&CC”) of the Board of Directors approves the final award payout with respect to certain incentive/performance unit awards. These awards primarily have either a three-year or a four-year performance period and are payable in either stock or a combination of stock and cash. Restricted share/restricted share unit awards have various vesting periods generally ranging from 3 years to 5 years.
Beginning in 2013, we incorporated several enhanced risk-related performance changes to certain long-term incentive compensation programs. In addition to achieving certain financial performance metrics on both an absolute basis and relative to our peers, final payout amounts will be subject to reduction if PNC fails to meet certain risk-related performance metrics as specified in the award agreements. However, the P&CC has the discretion to waive any or all of this reduction under certain circumstances.
178 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
The weighted-average grant date fair value of incentive/performance unit awards and restricted share/restricted share unit awards granted in 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $91.57, $80.79 and $64.77 per share, respectively. The total intrinsic value of incentive/performance unit and restricted share/restricted share unit awards vested during 2015, 2014 and 2013 was approximately $175 million, $119 million and $63 million, respectively. We recognize compensation expense for such awards ratably over the corresponding vesting and/or performance periods for each type of program.
Table 108: Nonvested Incentive/Performance Unit Awards and Restricted Share/Restricted Share Unit Awards - Rollforward
(a) Includes adjustments for achieving specific performance goals for Incentive/Performance Unit Awards granted in prior periods.
In the preceding table, the units and related weighted-average grant date fair value of the incentive/performance unit awards exclude the effect of dividends on the underlying shares, as those dividends will be paid in cash if and when the underlying shares are issued to the participants.
Liability Awards
A summary of all nonvested, cash-payable incentive/performance units and restricted share unit activity follows:
Table 109: Nonvested Cash-Payable Incentive/Performance Units and Restricted Share Units - Rollforward
(a) Includes adjustments for achieving specific performance goals for Cash-Payable Incentive/Performance Units granted in prior periods.
Included in the preceding table are cash-payable restricted share units granted to certain executives. These grants were made primarily as part of an annual bonus incentive deferral
plan. While there are time-based and other vesting criteria, there are generally no market or performance criteria associated with these awards. Prior to the 2015 grant, compensation expense recognized related to these awards was recorded in prior periods as part of the annual cash bonus process. Due to certain requisite service period changes in the award agreements starting with the 2015 grant (for the 2014 performance year), compensation expense is recognized ratably over a four year period commensurate with the performance year plus the three years of service-based vesting requirements. As of December 31, 2015, the aggregate intrinsic value of all outstanding nonvested cash-payable incentive/performance units and restricted share units was $74 million.
The total of all share-based liability awards paid out during 2015, 2014 and 2013 was approximately $41 million, $38 million and $29 million, respectively.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
As of December 31, 2015, our ESPP had approximately 1 million shares available for issuance. Full-time employees with six months and part-time employees with 12 months of continuous employment with a participating PNC entity are eligible to participate in the ESPP at the commencement of the next six-month offering period. Eligible participants may purchase our common stock at 95% of the fair market value on the last day of each six-month offering period. No charge to earnings is recorded with respect to the ESPP.
Table 110: Employee Stock Purchase Plan - Summary
BlackRock LTIP and Exchange Agreements
BlackRock adopted the 2002 LTIP program to help attract and retain qualified professionals. At that time, PNC agreed to transfer up to 4 million shares of BlackRock common stock to fund a portion of the 2002 LTIP program and future LTIP programs approved by BlackRock’s Board of Directors, subject to certain conditions and limitations. Approximately 1.1 million shares of BlackRock common stock were transferred by PNC and distributed to LTIP participants in connection with the 2002 LTIP program.
In 2009, PNC’s obligation to deliver its BlackRock common shares to BlackRock under LTIP programs was replaced with an obligation to deliver shares of BlackRock’s Series C Preferred Stock. This change was part of an Exchange Agreement with BlackRock whereby PNC acquired 2.9 million shares of Series C Preferred Stock from BlackRock in exchange for common shares.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 179
In 2011, we transferred approximately 1.3 million shares of BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock to BlackRock in connection with our obligation. In 2013, we transferred an additional .2 million shares to BlackRock. At December 31, 2015, we held approximately 1.3 million shares of BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock which were available to fund our obligation in connection with the BlackRock LTIP programs. See Note 24 Subsequent Events for information on our February 1, 2016 transfer of 0.5 million shares of the Series C Preferred Stock to BlackRock to satisfy a portion of our LTIP obligation.
PNC accounts for its BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock at fair value, which offsets the impact of marking-to-market the obligation to deliver these shares to BlackRock. The fair value of the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock is included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet in the caption Other assets. Additional information regarding the valuation of the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock is included in Note 7 Fair Value.
NOTE 14 FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES
We use derivative financial instruments (derivatives) primarily to help manage exposure to interest rate, market and credit risk and reduce the effects that changes in interest rates may have on net income, the fair value of assets and liabilities, and cash flows. We also enter into derivatives with customers to facilitate their risk management activities. Derivatives represent contracts between parties that usually require little or no initial net investment and result in one party delivering cash or another type of asset to the other party based on a notional amount and an underlying as specified in the contract.
Derivative transactions are often measured in terms of notional amount, but this amount is generally not exchanged and it is not recorded on the balance sheet. The notional amount is the basis to which the underlying is applied to determine required payments under the derivative contract. The underlying is a referenced interest rate (commonly LIBOR), security price, credit spread or other index. Residential and commercial real estate loan commitments associated with loans to be sold also qualify as derivative instruments.
The following table presents the notional amounts and gross fair values of all derivative assets and liabilities held by PNC:
Table 111: Total Gross Derivatives
(a) Included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
All derivatives are carried on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value. Derivative balances are presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheet on a net basis taking into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements and, when appropriate, any related cash collateral exchanged with counterparties. Further discussion regarding the offsetting rights associated with these legally enforceable master netting agreements is included in the Offsetting, Counterparty Credit Risk, and Contingent Features section below. Any nonperformance risk, including credit risk, is included in the determination of the estimated net fair value of the derivatives.
Further discussion on how derivatives are accounted for is included in Note 1 Accounting Policies.
Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments under GAAP
Certain derivatives used to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risk as part of our asset and liability risk management activities are designated as accounting hedges under GAAP. Derivatives hedging the risks associated with changes in the fair value of assets or liabilities are considered fair value hedges, derivatives hedging the variability of expected future cash flows are considered cash flow hedges, and derivatives hedging a net investment in a foreign subsidiary are considered net investment hedges. Designating derivatives as accounting hedges allows for gains and losses on those derivatives, to the extent effective, to be recognized in the income statement in the same period the hedged items affect earnings.
180 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Further detail regarding the notional amounts and fair values related to derivatives designated in hedge relationships is presented in the following table:
Table 112: Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments under GAAP
(a) Included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(c) Includes zero-coupon swaps.
Fair Value Hedges
We enter into receive-fixed, pay-variable interest rate swaps to hedge changes in the fair value of outstanding fixed-rate debt caused by fluctuations in market interest rates. We also enter into pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swaps and zero-coupon swaps to hedge changes in the fair value of fixed rate and zero-coupon investment securities caused by fluctuations in market interest rates. For these hedge relationships, we use statistical regression analysis to assess hedge effectiveness at both the inception of the hedge relationship and on an ongoing basis. There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.
Further detail regarding gains (losses) on fair value hedge derivatives and related hedged items is presented in the following table:
Table 113: Gains (Losses) on Derivatives and Related Hedged Items - Fair Value Hedges
(a) The ineffective portion of the change in value of our fair value hedge derivatives resulted in net losses of $41 million for 2015 compared with net losses of $30 million for 2014 and net losses of $37 million for 2013.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 181
Cash Flow Hedges
We enter into receive-fixed, pay-variable interest rate swaps to modify the interest rate characteristics of designated commercial loans from variable to fixed in order to reduce the impact of changes in future cash flows due to market interest rate changes. For these cash flow hedges, any changes in the fair value of the derivatives that are effective in offsetting changes in the forecasted interest cash flows are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income and are reclassified to interest income in conjunction with the recognition of interest received on the loans. In the 12 months that follow December 31, 2015, we expect to reclassify from the amount currently reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income, net derivative gains of $190 million pretax, or $124 million after-tax, in association with interest received on the hedged loans. This amount could differ from amounts actually recognized due to changes in interest rates, hedge de-designations, and the addition of other hedges subsequent to December 31, 2015. The maximum length of time over which forecasted loan cash flows are hedged is 7 years. We use statistical regression analysis to assess the effectiveness of these hedge relationships at both the inception of the hedge relationship and on an ongoing basis.
We also periodically enter into forward purchase and sale contracts to hedge the variability of the consideration that will be paid or received related to the purchase or sale of investment securities. The forecasted purchase or sale is consummated upon gross settlement of the forward contract itself. As a result, hedge ineffectiveness, if any, is typically minimal. Gains and losses on these forward contracts are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income and are recognized in earnings when the hedged cash flows affect earnings. In the 12 months that follow December 31, 2015, we expect to reclassify from the amount currently reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income, net derivative gains of $24 million pretax, or $16 million after-tax, as adjustments of yield on investment securities. As of December 31, 2015, the maximum length of time over which forecasted purchase contracts are hedged is 2 months.
There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness related to either cash flow hedge strategy.
During 2015, 2014 and 2013, there were no gains or losses from cash flow hedge derivatives reclassified to earnings because it became probable that the original forecasted transaction would not occur.
Further detail regarding gains (losses) on derivatives and related cash flows is presented in the following table:
Table 114: Gains (Losses) on Derivatives and Related Cash Flows - Cash Flow Hedges (a) (b)
(a) All cash flow hedge derivatives are interest rate contracts as of December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.
(b) The amount of cash flow hedge ineffectiveness recognized in income was not material for the periods presented.
Net Investment Hedges
We enter into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge non-U.S. Dollar (USD) net investments in foreign subsidiaries against adverse changes in foreign exchange rates. We assess whether the hedging relationship is highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in the value of the hedge and hedged item by qualitatively verifying that the critical terms of the hedge and hedged item match at the inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. Net investment hedge derivatives are classified as foreign exchange contracts. There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of the hedge effectiveness. For 2015, 2014 and 2013, there was no net investment hedge ineffectiveness. Gains (losses) on net investment hedge derivatives recognized in OCI was net gains of $60 million as of December 31, 2015, net gains of $54 million at December 31, 2014 and net losses of $21 million at December 31, 2013.
Derivatives Not Designated As Hedging Instruments under GAAP
We also enter into derivatives that are not designated as accounting hedges under GAAP.
182 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Further detail regarding the notional amounts and fair values related to derivatives not designated in hedge relationships is presented in the following table:
Table 115: Derivatives Not Designated As Hedging Instruments under GAAP
(a) Included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(c) Futures contracts settle in cash daily and, therefore, no derivative asset or derivative liability is recognized on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(d) Includes PNC’s obligation to fund a portion of certain BlackRock LTIP programs and the swaps entered into in connection with sales of a portion of Visa Class B common shares.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 183
Our residential mortgage banking activities consist of originating, selling and servicing mortgage loans. Residential mortgage loans that will be sold in the secondary market, and the related loan commitments, which are considered derivatives, are accounted for at fair value. Changes in the fair value of the loans and commitments due to interest rate risk are hedged with forward contracts to sell mortgage-backed securities, as well as U.S. Treasury and Eurodollar futures and options. Gains and losses on the loans and commitments held for sale and the derivatives used to economically hedge them are included in Residential mortgage noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.
We typically retain the servicing rights related to residential mortgage loans that we sell. Residential mortgage servicing rights are accounted for at fair value with changes in fair value influenced primarily by changes in interest rates. Derivatives used to hedge the fair value of residential mortgage servicing rights include interest rate futures, swaps, options, and forward contracts to purchase mortgage-backed securities. Gains and losses on residential mortgage servicing rights and the related derivatives used for hedging are included in Residential mortgage noninterest income.
Commercial mortgage loans held for sale and the related loan commitments, which are considered derivatives, are accounted for at fair value. Derivatives used to economically hedge these loans and commitments from changes in fair value due to interest rate risk and credit risk include forward loan sale contracts, interest rate swaps, and credit default swaps. Gains and losses on the commitments, loans and derivatives are
included in Other noninterest income. Derivatives used to economically hedge the change in value of commercial mortgage servicing rights include interest rate futures, swaps and options. Gains or losses on these derivatives are included in Corporate services noninterest income.
The residential and commercial mortgage loan commitments associated with loans to be sold which are accounted for as derivatives are valued based on the estimated fair value of the underlying loan and the probability that the loan will fund within the terms of the commitment. The fair value also takes into account the fair value of the embedded servicing right.
We offer derivatives to our customers in connection with their risk management needs. These derivatives primarily consist of interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and floors, swaptions and foreign exchange contracts. We primarily manage our market risk exposure from customer transactions by entering into a variety of hedging transactions with third-party dealers. Gains and losses on customer-related derivatives are included in Other noninterest income.
Included in the customer, mortgage banking risk management, and other risk management portfolios are written interest-rate caps and floors entered into with customers and for risk management purposes. We receive an upfront premium from the counterparty and are obligated to make payments to the counterparty if the underlying market interest rate rises above or falls below a certain level designated in the contract. Our ultimate obligation under written options is based on future market conditions.
184 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Further detail regarding the gains (losses) on derivatives not designated in hedging relationships is presented in the following table:
Table 116: Gains (Losses) on Derivatives Not Designated As Hedging Instruments under GAAP
(a) Included in Residential mortgage noninterest income.
(b) Included in Corporate services noninterest income.
(c) Included in Other noninterest income.
(d) Includes BlackRock LTIP funding obligation and the swaps entered into in connection with sales of a portion of Visa Class B common shares.
Credit Derivatives - Risk Participation Agreements
We have entered into risk participation agreements to share some of the credit exposure with other counterparties related to interest rate derivative contracts or to take on credit exposure to generate revenue. The notional amount of risk participation agreements sold was $2.5 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2.8 billion at December 31, 2014. Assuming all underlying third party customers referenced in the swap contracts defaulted at December 31, 2015, the exposure from these agreements would be $122 million based on the fair value of the underlying swaps, compared with $124 million at December 31, 2014.
Offsetting, Counterparty Credit Risk, and Contingent Features
We, generally, utilize a net presentation on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for those derivative financial instruments entered into with counterparties under legally enforceable master netting agreements. The master netting agreements reduce credit risk by permitting the closeout netting of all outstanding derivative instruments under the master netting agreement with the same counterparty upon the occurrence of an event of default. The master netting agreement also may
require the exchange of cash or marketable securities to collateralize either party’s net position. In certain cases, minimum thresholds must be exceeded before any collateral is exchanged. Collateral is typically exchanged daily based on the net fair value of the positions with the counterparty as of the preceding day. Collateral representing initial margin, which is based on potential future exposure, is also required to be pledged by us in relation to derivative instruments with central clearing house counterparties. Any cash collateral exchanged with counterparties under these master netting agreements is also netted, when appropriate, against the applicable derivative fair values on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. However, the fair value of any securities held or pledged is not included in the net presentation on the balance sheet. In order for derivative instruments under a master netting agreement to be eligible for closeout netting under GAAP, we must conduct sufficient legal review to conclude with a well-founded basis that the offsetting rights included in the master netting agreement would be legally enforceable upon an event of default, including upon an event of bankruptcy, insolvency, or a similar proceeding of the counterparty. Enforceability is evidenced by a legal opinion that supports, with sufficient confidence, the enforceability of the master netting agreement in such circumstances.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 185
The following derivative Table 117 shows the impact legally enforceable master netting agreements had on our derivative assets and derivative liabilities as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The table includes cash collateral held or pledged under legally enforceable master netting agreements. The table also includes the fair value of any securities collateral held or pledged under legally enforceable master netting agreements. Cash and securities collateral amounts are included in the table only to the extent of the related net derivative fair values.
Refer to Note 21 Commitments and Guarantees for additional information related to resale and repurchase agreements offsetting.
Table 117: Derivative Assets and Liabilities Offsetting
(a) Represents the net amount of derivative assets included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Represents the net amount of derivative liabilities included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(c) As of December 31, 2014, cleared derivatives were not subject to offsetting. Gross derivative assets and derivative liabilities for cleared derivatives totaled $807 million and $657 million, respectively, at December 31, 2014. Derivative assets and liabilities related to exchange-traded contracts were not material at December 31, 2014.
186 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
The table above includes over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives, cleared derivatives, and exchange-traded derivatives. OTC derivatives represent contracts executed bilaterally with counterparties that are not settled through an organized exchange or cleared through a central clearing house. Cleared derivatives represent contracts executed bilaterally with counterparties in the OTC market that are novated to a central clearing house who then becomes our counterparty. Exchange-traded derivatives represent standardized futures and options contracts executed directly on an organized exchange.
As of December 31, 2015, derivative fair values and related cash collateral for derivatives cleared through a central clearing house are, when appropriate, presented on a net basis.
The derivative fair values in the table not identified as cleared or exchange-traded represent OTC derivatives, the majority of which are governed by ISDA documentation or other legally enforceable industry standard master netting agreements and are subject to offsetting.
In addition to using master netting agreements and other collateral agreements to reduce credit risk associated with derivative instruments, we also seek to manage credit risk by evaluating credit ratings of counterparties and by using internal credit analysis, limits, and monitoring procedures.
At December 31, 2015, we held cash, U.S. government securities and mortgage-backed securities totaling $.9 billion under master netting agreements and other collateral agreements to collateralize net derivative assets due from counterparties, and we pledged cash totaling $.9 billion under these agreements to collateralize net derivative liabilities owed
to counterparties and to meet initial margin requirements. These totals may differ from the amounts presented in the preceding offsetting table because these totals may include collateral exchanged under an agreement that does not qualify as a master netting agreement or because the total amount of collateral held or pledged exceeds the net derivative fair values with the counterparty as of the balance sheet date due to timing or other factors, such as initial margin. To the extent not netted against the derivative fair values under a master netting agreement, the receivable for cash pledged is included in Other assets and the obligation for cash held is included in Other borrowed funds on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Securities held from counterparties are not recognized on our balance sheet. Likewise securities we have pledged to counterparties remain on our balance sheet.
Certain derivative agreements contain various credit-risk related contingent provisions, such as those that require PNC’s debt to maintain a specified credit rating from one or more of the major credit rating agencies. If PNC’s debt ratings were to fall below such specified ratings, the counterparties to the derivative instruments could request immediate payment or demand immediate and ongoing full collateralization on derivative instruments in net liability positions. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that were in a net liability position on December 31, 2015 was $.8 billion for which PNC had posted collateral of $.6 billion in the normal course of business. The maximum additional amount of collateral PNC would have been required to post if the credit-risk-related contingent features underlying these agreements had been triggered on December 31, 2015 would be $.2 billion.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 187
NOTE 15 EARNINGS PER SHARE
Table 118: Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share
(a) Basic and diluted earnings per share under the two-class method are determined on net income reported on the income statement less earnings allocated to nonvested restricted shares and restricted share units with nonforfeitable dividends and dividend rights (participating securities).
(b) Excludes number of stock options considered to be anti-dilutive of 1 million for 2013. No warrants were considered to be anti-dilutive for 2013. No stock options or warrants were considered to be anti-dilutive for 2014 and 2015.
NOTE 16 EQUITY
Preferred Stock
The following table provides the number of preferred shares issued and outstanding, the liquidation value per share and the number of authorized preferred shares that are available for future use.
Table 119: Preferred Stock - Authorized, Issued and Outstanding
188 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
The following table discloses information related to the preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2015.
Table 120: Terms of Outstanding Preferred Stock
(a) Dividends are payable when, as, and if declared by our Board of Directors or an authorized committee of our Board.
(b) Redeemable at PNC’s option on or after the date stated. With the exception of the Series B preferred stock, redeemable at PNC’s option within 90 days of a regulatory capital treatment event as defined in the designations.
(c) Cumulative preferred stock. Holders of Series B preferred stock are entitled to 8 votes per share, which is equal to the number of full shares of common stock into which the Series B preferred stock is convertible. The Series B preferred stock was issued in connection with the consolidation of Pittsburgh National Corporation and Provident National Corporation in 1983.
(d) Non-Cumulative preferred stock.
Our Series L preferred stock was issued in connection with the National City transaction in exchange for National City’s Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F. Dividends were paid at a rate of 9.875% prior to February 1, 2013 and at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 633 basis points beginning February 1, 2013. On April 19, 2013, PNC redeemed all 6,000,000 depositary shares representing interests in PNC’s Series L preferred stock and all 1,500 shares of Series L preferred stock underlying such depositary shares, resulting in a net outflow of $150 million.
Our Series K preferred stock was issued on May 21, 2008. Dividends were paid at a rate of 8.25% until May 21, 2013 and at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 422 basis points beginning May 21, 2013. On May 4, 2015, PNC redeemed all 500,000 depositary shares representing interests in PNC’s Series K preferred stock and all 50,000 shares of Series K preferred stock underlying such depositary shares, resulting in a net outflow of $500 million.
We have authorized but unissued Series H and Series I preferred stock. As described below in the Perpetual Trust Securities portion of the Noncontrolling Interests section of
this Note, the PNC Preferred Funding Trust II securities are automatically exchangeable into shares of PNC Series I preferred stock under certain conditions relating to the capitalization or the financial condition of PNC Bank and upon the direction of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. The Series A preferred stock of PNC REIT Corp. is also automatically exchangeable under similar conditions into shares of PNC Series H preferred stock.
Warrants
We had 13.4 million warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2015 compared to 16.9 million as of December 31, 2014. The reduction was due to 3.5 million warrants that were exercised during 2015. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of PNC common stock at an exercise price of $67.33 per share. In accordance with the terms of the warrants, the warrants are exercised on a non-cash net basis with the warrant holder receiving PNC common shares determined based on the excess of the market price of PNC common stock on the exercise date over the exercise price of the warrant. In 2015, we issued 1.1 million common shares resulting from the exercise of the warrants. The issuance of these shares resulted
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 189
in a reclassification within Capital surplus - Common stock and other with no impact on PNC’s Shareholders’ equity. These warrants were sold by the U.S. Treasury in a secondary public offering that closed on May 5, 2010 after the U.S. Treasury exchanged its TARP Warrant (issued on December 31, 2008 under the TARP Capital Purchase Program) for 16.9 million warrants. These warrants expire December 31, 2018.
Other Shareholders’ Equity Matters
We have a dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan. Holders of preferred stock and PNC common stock may participate in the plan, which provides that additional shares of common stock may be purchased at market value with reinvested dividends and voluntary cash payments. Common shares issued pursuant to this plan were: 0.3 million shares in 2015, 0.3 million shares in 2014 and 0.4 million shares in 2013.
At December 31, 2015, we had reserved approximately 93 million common shares to be issued in connection with certain stock plans.
We repurchased 4.4 million shares in 2015 and 13.5 million shares in 2014 under the stock repurchase program that the Board of Directors approved effective October 4, 2007. Effective March 31, 2015, the Board of Directors terminated this share repurchase program and effective April 1, 2015 the Board of Directors replaced it with a new stock repurchase program authorization in the amount of up to 100 million shares of PNC common stock which may be purchased on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. We repurchased 17.9 million shares under this program in 2015 . A maximum amount of 82.1 million shares remained available for repurchase under this program at December 31, 2015. This program will remain in effect until fully utilized or until modified, superseded or terminated.
Noncontrolling Interests
Perpetual Trust Securities
In December 2006, one of our indirect subsidiaries, PNC REIT Corp., sold $500 million of 6.517% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Perpetual Trust Securities (the “Trust Securities”) of PNC Preferred Funding Trust I (“Trust I”), in a private placement. PNC REIT Corp. had previously acquired the Trust Securities from the trust in exchange for an equivalent amount of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities (the “LLC Preferred Securities”), of PNC Preferred Funding LLC, (the “LLC”), held by PNC REIT Corp. The LLC’s initial material assets consist of indirect interests in mortgages and mortgage-related assets previously owned by PNC REIT Corp. The rate on these securities at December 31, 2015 was 2.162%.
In March 2007, the LLC, sold $500 million of 6.113% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Perpetual Trust Securities (the “Trust II Securities”) of PNC Preferred Funding Trust II (“Trust II”) in a private placement. In connection with the private placement, Trust II acquired $500 million of LLC Preferred Securities, from the LLC. The rate on these securities at December 31, 2015 was 1.735%.
The Trust I Securities and Trust II Securities are redeemable in whole or in part at par ($100,000 per security), plus any declared and unpaid dividends to the redemption date, on the quarterly dividend payment date in March 2017 and on the March quarterly dividend payment date in each fifth succeeding year (each, a “Five Year Date”).
The Trust I Securities and Trust II Securities are also redeemable in whole, but not in part, on any quarterly dividend payment date that is not a Five Year Date at a redemption price equal to the sum of: (i) the greater of (A) $100,000 per security or (B) the sum of present values of $100,000 per security and all undeclared dividends for the dividend periods from the redemption date to and including the next succeeding Five Year Date, discounted to the redemption date on a quarterly basis at the 3-month USD LIBOR rate applicable to the dividend period immediately preceding such redemption date plus (ii) any declared and unpaid dividends to the redemption date.
The Trust I Securities and Trust II Securities are also redeemable in whole, but not in part, on any quarterly dividend payment date that is not a Five Year Date in the case of certain tax, investment company or regulatory capital events at a redemption price of par plus declared and unpaid dividends to the redemption date.
Upon certain conditions relating to the capitalization or the financial condition of PNC Bank and upon the direction of the OCC, the Trust I Securities are automatically exchangeable into shares of Series F preferred stock of PNC Bank and the Trust II Securities are automatically exchangeable into shares of Series I preferred stock of PNC.
Any redemption is subject to compliance with the applicable Replacement Capital Covenant (see below) and approval of the OCC.
PNC REIT Corp. owns 100% of the LLC’s common voting securities. As a result, the LLC is an indirect subsidiary of PNC and is consolidated on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Trust I and Trust II’s investment in the LLC Preferred Securities is characterized as a noncontrolling interest on our Consolidated Balance Sheet since we are not the primary beneficiary of Trust I and Trust II. This noncontrolling interest totaled approximately $981 million at December 31, 2015.
190 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Information related to the capital covenants and contractual commitments of the perpetual trust securities, including limitations potentially imposed on PNC and PNC Bank’s payment of dividends on their respective equity capital securities, follows.
Table 121: Summary of Replacement Capital Covenants of Perpetual Trust Securities
(a) As of December 31, 2015, each of the Trust I RCC and the Trust II RCC are for the benefit of PNC Capital Trust C as the sole holder of $200 million of junior subordinated debentures issued in June 1998. See Note 11 Borrowed Funds for additional information regarding these debentures.
Table 122: Summary of Contractual Commitments of Perpetual Trust Securities
(a) Contractual commitments made by PNC Bank.
(b) Contractual commitments made by PNC.
(c) Applies to the applicable Trust Securities and the LLC Preferred Securities.
(d) Except: (i) in the case of dividends payable to subsidiaries of PNC Bank, to PNC Bank or another wholly-owned subsidiary of PNC Bank or (ii) in the case of dividends payable to persons that are not subsidiaries of PNC Bank, to such persons only if, (A) in the case of a cash dividend, PNC has first irrevocably committed to contribute amounts at least equal to such cash dividend or (B) in the case of in-kind dividends payable by PNC REIT Corp., PNC has committed to purchase such in-kind dividend from the applicable PNC REIT Corp. holders in exchange for a cash payment representing the market value of such in-kind dividend, and PNC has committed to contribute such in-kind dividend to PNC Bank.
(e) Except for: (i) purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of PNC in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of employees, officers, directors or consultants, (ii) purchases of shares of common stock of PNC pursuant to a contractually binding requirement to buy stock existing prior to the commencement of the extension period, including under a contractually binding stock repurchase plan, (iii) any dividend in connection with the implementation of a shareholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of any rights under any such plan, (iv) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of PNC’s capital stock for any other class or series of PNC’s capital stock, (v) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of PNC capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such stock or the security being converted or exchanged or (vi) any stock dividends paid by PNC where the dividend stock is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid.
On March 15, 2013 we redeemed all $375 million of the PNC Preferred Funding Trust III securities with a distribution rate of 8.7%.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 191
NOTE 17 OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Details of other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:
Table 123: Other Comprehensive Income
(a) The earnings of PNC’s Luxembourg-UK lending business have been indefinitely reinvested: therefore, no U.S. deferred income tax has been recorded on the foreign currency translation of the investment.
192 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Table 124: Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Components
NOTE 18 INCOME TAXES
The components of income tax expense are as follows:
Table 125: Components of Income Tax Expense
Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
Table 126: Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 193
A reconciliation between the statutory and effective tax rates follows:
Table 127: Reconciliation of Statutory and Effective Tax Rates
(a) Includes tax benefits associated with settlement of acquired entity tax contingencies.
The net operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 2015 and 2014 follow:
Table 128: Net Operating Loss Carryforwards and Tax Credit Carryforwards
The federal net operating loss carryforwards expire in 2032. The state net operating loss carryforwards will expire from 2016 to 2035. The majority of the tax credit carryforwards expire in 2032.
All federal and most state net operating loss and credit carryforwards are from acquired entities and utilization is subject to various statutory limitations. It is anticipated that the company will be able to fully utilize its carryforwards for federal tax purposes, but a valuation allowance of $61 million has been recorded against certain state tax carryforwards as of December 31, 2015. If select uncertain tax positions were successfully challenged by a state, the state net operating losses listed above could be reduced by $60 million.
As of December 31, 2015, PNC had approximately $110 million of earnings attributed to foreign subsidiaries that have been indefinitely reinvested for which no incremental U.S. income tax provision has been recorded. If a U.S. deferred tax liability were to be recorded, the estimated tax liability on those undistributed earnings would be approximately $34 million.
Retained earnings at both December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 included $117 million in allocations for bad debt deductions of former thrift subsidiaries for which no income tax has been provided. Under current law, if certain subsidiaries use these bad debt reserves for purposes other than to absorb bad debt losses, they will be subject to Federal income tax at the current corporate tax rate.
PNC had unrecognized tax benefits of $26 million at December 31, 2015 and $77 million at December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2015, these unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would favorably impact the effective income tax rate by $20 million.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
Table 129: Change in Unrecognized Tax Benefits
It is reasonably possible that the balance of unrecognized tax benefits could increase or decrease in the next twelve months due to completion of tax authorities’ exams or the expiration of statutes of limitations. Management estimates that the balance of unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by $4 million within the next twelve months.
PNC is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax in most states and some foreign jurisdictions. Examinations were completed for PNC’s consolidated federal income tax returns for 2007 through 2010 and National City’s consolidated federal income tax returns through 2008 and were settled with the IRS. The IRS is currently examining PNC’s consolidated federal income tax returns for 2011 through 2013. In addition, we are under continuous examinations by various state taxing authorities. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to state and local and foreign income tax examinations by taxing authorities for periods before 2010. For all open audits, any potential adjustments have been considered in establishing our unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2015.
Our policy is to classify interest and penalties associated with income taxes as income tax expense. For 2015, we had a
194 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
benefit of $46 million of gross interest and penalties, decreasing income tax expense. The total accrued interest and penalties at December 31, 2014 was $41 million. At December 31, 2015, the total accrued interest and penalties was not significant.
During 2015, we recognized $202 million of amortization, $224 million of tax credits and $74 million of other tax benefits associated with qualified investments in low income housing tax credits within Income taxes.
NOTE 19 REGULATORY MATTERS
We are subject to the regulations of certain federal, state, and foreign agencies and undergo periodic examinations by such regulatory authorities.
The ability to undertake new business initiatives (including acquisitions), the access to and cost of funding for new business initiatives, the ability to pay dividends, the ability to repurchase shares or other capital instruments, the level of deposit insurance costs, and the level and nature of regulatory oversight depend, in large part, on a financial institution’s capital strength.
At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, PNC and PNC Bank, our domestic banking subsidiary, were both considered “well capitalized,” based on applicable U.S. regulatory capital ratio requirements. Beginning in 2015, to qualify as “well capitalized”, PNC must have Transitional Basel III capital ratios of at least 6% for Tier 1 risk-based capital and 10% for Total risk-based capital, and PNC Bank must have Transitional Basel III capital ratios of at least 6.5% for Common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital, 8% for Tier 1 risk-based capital, 10% for Total risk-based capital, and a Leverage ratio of at least 5%. To qualify as “well capitalized” in 2014, regulators required insured depository institutions, such as PNC Bank, to maintain Transitional Basel III capital ratios of at least 6% for Tier 1 risk-based, 10% for Total risk-based and 5% for Leverage, and required bank holding companies, such as PNC, to maintain Transitional Basel III regulatory capital ratios of at least 6% Tier 1 risk-based and 10% for Total risk-based.
The following table sets forth the Transitional Basel III regulatory capital ratios at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 for PNC and PNC Bank.
Table 130: Basel Regulatory Capital (a)
(a) Calculated using the Transitional Basel III regulatory capital methodology applicable to PNC during both 2015 and 2014.
(b) For 2014, Common equity Tier 1 was not applicable to U.S. regulatory capital ratio requirements for “well capitalized.”
The principal source of parent company cash flow is the dividends it receives from its subsidiary bank, which may be impacted by the following:
•
Capital needs,
•
Laws and regulations,
•
Corporate policies,
•
Contractual restrictions, and
•
Other factors.
Also, there are statutory and regulatory limitations on the ability of national banks to pay dividends or make other capital distributions. The amount available for dividend payments to the parent company by PNC Bank without prior regulatory approval was approximately $1.7 billion at December 31, 2015.
Under federal law, a bank subsidiary generally may not extend credit to, or engage in other types of covered transactions (including the purchase of assets) with, the parent company or its non-bank subsidiaries on terms and under circumstances that are not substantially the same as comparable transactions with nonaffiliates. A bank subsidiary may not extend credit to, or engage in a covered transaction with, the parent company or a non-bank subsidiary if the aggregate amount of the bank’s extensions of credit and other covered transactions with the parent company or non-bank subsidiary exceeds 10% of the capital stock and surplus of such bank subsidiary or the aggregate amount of the bank’s extensions of credit and other covered transactions with the parent company and all non-bank subsidiaries exceeds 20% of the capital and surplus of such bank subsidiary. Such extensions of credit, with limited exceptions, must be at least fully collateralized in accordance with specified collateralization thresholds, with the thresholds
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 195
varying based on the type of assets serving as collateral. In certain circumstances, federal regulatory authorities may impose more restrictive limitations.
Federal Reserve Board regulations require depository institutions to maintain cash reserves with a Federal Reserve Bank (FRB). At December 31, 2015, the balance outstanding at the FRB was $30.0 billion.
NOTE 20 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We establish accruals for legal proceedings, including litigation and regulatory and governmental investigations and inquiries, when information related to the loss contingencies represented by those matters indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Any such accruals are adjusted thereafter as appropriate to reflect changed circumstances. When we are able to do so, we also determine estimates of possible losses or ranges of possible losses, whether in excess of any related accrued liability or where there is no accrued liability, for disclosed legal proceedings (“Disclosed Matters,” which are those matters disclosed in this Note 20). For Disclosed Matters where we are able to estimate such possible losses or ranges of possible losses, as of December 31, 2015, we estimate that it is reasonably possible that we could incur losses in excess of related accrued liabilities, if any, in an aggregate amount of up to approximately $550 million. The estimates included in this amount are based on our analysis of currently available information and are subject to significant judgment and a variety of assumptions and uncertainties. As new information is obtained we may change our estimates. Due to the inherent subjectivity of the assessments and unpredictability of outcomes of legal proceedings, any amounts accrued or included in this aggregate amount may not represent the ultimate loss to us from the legal proceedings in question. Thus, our exposure and ultimate losses may be higher, and possibly significantly so, than the amounts accrued or this aggregate amount.
In our experience, legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable. One or more of the following factors frequently contribute to this inherent unpredictability: the proceeding is in its early stages; the damages sought are unspecified, unsupported or uncertain; it is unclear whether a case brought as a class action will be allowed to proceed on that basis or, if permitted to proceed as a class action, how the class will be defined; the other party is seeking relief other than or in addition to compensatory damages (including, in the case of regulatory and governmental investigations and inquiries, the possibility of fines and penalties); the matter presents meaningful legal uncertainties, including novel issues of law; we have not engaged in meaningful settlement discussions; discovery has not started or is not complete; there are significant facts in dispute; the possible outcomes may not be amenable to the use of statistical or quantitative analytical tools; predicting possible outcomes depends on making
assumptions about future decisions of courts or regulatory bodies or the behavior of other parties; and there are a large number of parties named as defendants (including where it is uncertain how damages or liability, if any, will be shared among multiple defendants). Generally, the less progress that has been made in the proceedings or the broader the range of potential results, the harder it is for us to estimate losses or ranges of losses that it is reasonably possible we could incur.
As a result of these types of factors, we are unable, at this time, to estimate the losses that are reasonably possible to be incurred or ranges of such losses with respect to some of the matters disclosed, and the aggregate estimated amount provided above does not include an estimate for every Disclosed Matter. Therefore, as the estimated aggregate amount disclosed above does not include all of the Disclosed Matters, the amount disclosed above does not represent our maximum reasonably possible loss exposure for all of the Disclosed Matters. The estimated aggregate amount also does not reflect any of our exposure to matters not so disclosed, as discussed below under “Other.”
We include in some of the descriptions of individual Disclosed Matters certain quantitative information related to the plaintiff’s claim against us as alleged in the plaintiff’s pleadings or other public filings or otherwise publicly available information. While information of this type may provide insight into the potential magnitude of a matter, it does not necessarily represent our estimate of reasonably possible loss or our judgment as to any currently appropriate accrual.
Some of our exposure in Disclosed Matters may be offset by applicable insurance coverage. We do not consider the possible availability of insurance coverage in determining the amounts of any accruals (although we record the amount of related insurance recoveries that are deemed probable up to the amount of the accrual) or in determining any estimates of possible losses or ranges of possible losses.
Interchange Litigation
Beginning in June 2005, a series of antitrust lawsuits were filed against Visa®, MasterCard®, and several major financial institutions, including cases naming National City (since merged into PNC) and its subsidiary, National City Bank of Kentucky (since merged into National City Bank which in turn was merged into PNC Bank, N.A.). The cases have been consolidated for pretrial proceedings in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York under the caption In re Payment Card Interchange Fee and Merchant-Discount Antitrust Litigation (Master File No. 1:05-md-1720-JG-JO). Those cases naming National City were brought as class actions on behalf of all persons or business entities who have accepted Visa® or MasterCard®. The plaintiffs, merchants operating commercial businesses throughout the U.S. and trade associations, allege, among other things, that the
196 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
defendants conspired to fix the prices for general purpose card network services and otherwise imposed unreasonable restraints on trade, resulting in the payment of inflated interchange fees, in violation of the antitrust laws. In January 2009, the plaintiffs filed amended and supplemental complaints adding, among other things, allegations that the restructuring of Visa and MasterCard, each of which included an initial public offering, violated the antitrust laws. In their complaints, the plaintiffs seek, among other things, injunctive relief, unspecified damages (trebled under the antitrust laws) and attorneys’ fees.
In July 2012, the parties entered into a memorandum of understanding with the class plaintiffs and an agreement in principle with certain individual plaintiffs with respect to a settlement of these cases, under which the defendants will collectively pay approximately $6.6 billion to the class and individual settling plaintiffs and have agreed to changes in the terms applicable to their respective card networks (including an eight-month reduction in default credit interchange rates). The parties entered into a definitive agreement with respect to this settlement in October 2012. The court granted final approval of the settlement in December 2013. Several objectors have appealed the order of approval to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit, which appeal was argued in September 2015 and remains pending. In addition, in July 2015 several objectors filed a motion with the district court to vacate the court’s judgment, including the approval of the settlement, based on alleged misconduct by one of the counsel for MasterCard and one of the counsel for plaintiffs. This motion remains pending. As a result of the previously funded litigation escrow (described in Note 21 Commitments and Guarantees), which will cover substantially all of our share of the Visa portion of this settlement, we anticipate no material financial impact from the monetary amount of this settlement. Numerous merchants, including some large national merchants, have objected to or requested exclusion (opted out) from the proposed class settlements, and some of those opting out have lawsuits pending in federal and state courts against Visa, MasterCard and, in some instances, one or more of the other issuing banks. Visa has reached settlements, some of which remain subject to conditions, with some of these opting out merchants. Visa has reported that these settlements covered, as of November 2015, approximately 48% of the Visa-branded card sales volume of the merchants that opted out. These settlements have been or will be paid from the Visa litigation escrow account.
National City and National City Bank entered into judgment and loss sharing agreements with Visa and certain other banks with respect to all of the above referenced litigation. All of the litigation against Visa is also subject to the indemnification obligations described in Note 21 Commitments and Guarantees. PNC Bank, N.A. is not named a defendant in any of the Visa or MasterCard related antitrust litigation nor was it initially a party to the judgment or loss sharing agreements, but it has been subject to these indemnification obligations
and became responsible for National City Bank’s position in the litigation and responsibilities under the agreements upon completion of the merger of National City Bank into PNC Bank, N.A. In March 2011, we entered into a MasterCard Settlement and Judgment Sharing Agreement with MasterCard and other financial institution defendants and an Omnibus Agreement Regarding Interchange Litigation Sharing and Settlement Sharing with Visa, MasterCard and other financial institution defendants. The Omnibus Agreement, in substance, apportions resolution of the claims in this litigation into a Visa portion and a MasterCard portion, with the Visa portion being two-thirds and the MasterCard portion being one-third. This apportionment only applies in the case of either a global settlement involving all defendants or an adverse judgment against the defendants, to the extent that damages either are related to the merchants’ inter-network conspiracy claims or are otherwise not attributed to specific MasterCard or Visa conduct or damages. The MasterCard portion (or any MasterCard-related liability not subject to the Omnibus Agreement) will then be apportioned under the MasterCard Settlement and Judgment Sharing Agreement among MasterCard and PNC and the other financial institution defendants that are parties to this agreement. The responsibility for the Visa portion (or any Visa-related liability not subject to the Omnibus Agreement) will be apportioned under the pre-existing indemnification responsibilities and judgment and loss sharing agreements.
CBNV Mortgage Litigation
Between 2001 and 2003, on behalf of either individual plaintiffs or proposed classes of plaintiffs, several separate lawsuits were filed in state and federal courts against Community Bank of Northern Virginia (CBNV), a PNC Bank predecessor, and other defendants asserting claims arising from second mortgage loans made to the plaintiffs. The state lawsuits were removed to federal court and, with the lawsuits that had been filed in federal court, were consolidated for pre-trial proceedings in a multidistrict litigation (MDL) proceeding in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania under the caption In re: Community Bank of Northern Virginia Lending Practices Litigation (No. 03-0425 (W.D. Pa.), MDL No. 1674). In January 2008, the Pennsylvania district court issued an order sending back to the General Court of Justice, Superior Court Division, for Wake County, North Carolina the claims of two proposed class members, which have subsequently been dismissed.
In October 2011, the plaintiffs in the MDL proceeding filed a joint consolidated amended class action complaint covering all of the class action lawsuits pending in this proceeding. The amended complaint names CBNV, another bank, and purchasers of loans originated by CBNV and the other bank (including Residential Funding Company, LLC (RFC)) as defendants. (In December 2013, the Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceeding involving RFC was completed with the company being liquidated and claims against the company being
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 197
resolved, including, through a settlement between the plaintiffs and RFC approved in November 2013, the claims in these lawsuits.) The principal allegations in the amended complaint are that a group of persons and entities collectively characterized as the “Shumway/Bapst Organization” referred prospective second residential mortgage loan borrowers to CBNV and the other bank, that CBNV and the other bank charged these borrowers improper title and loan fees at loan closings, that the disclosures provided to the borrowers at loan closings were inaccurate, and that CBNV and the other bank paid some of the loan fees to the Shumway/Bapst Organization as purported “kickbacks” for the referrals. The amended complaint asserts claims for violations of the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA), the Truth in Lending Act (TILA), as amended by the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act (HOEPA), and the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO).
The amended complaint seeks to certify a class of all borrowers who obtained a second residential non-purchase money mortgage loan, secured by their principal dwelling, from either CBNV or the other defendant bank, the terms of which made the loan subject to HOEPA. The plaintiffs seek, among other things, unspecified damages (including treble damages under RICO and RESPA), rescission of loans, declaratory and injunctive relief, interest, and attorneys’ fees. In November 2011, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint. In June 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part the motion, dismissing the claims of any plaintiff whose loan did not originate or was not assigned to CBNV, narrowing the scope of the RESPA claim, and dismissing several of the named plaintiffs for lack of standing. The court also dismissed the claims against the other lender defendant on jurisdictional grounds. The limitation of the potential class to CBNV borrowers reduces its size to approximately 26,500 from the 50,000 members alleged in the amended complaint. Also in June 2013, the plaintiffs filed a motion for class certification, which was granted in July 2013. In July 2015, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit affirmed the grant of class certification by the Pennsylvania district court. We moved for a rehearing of the appeal, which was denied in October 2015. In November 2015, we filed a petition for a writ of certiorari with the U.S. Supreme Court seeking review of the decision of the court of appeals, which remains pending.
Overdraft Litigation
Beginning in October 2009, PNC Bank, National City Bank and RBC Bank (USA) have been named in lawsuits brought as class actions relating to the manner in which they charged overdraft fees on ATM and debit transactions to customers and related matters. All but two of these lawsuits, both pending against RBC Bank (USA), have been settled. The following is a description of the remaining pending lawsuits.
The pending lawsuits naming RBC Bank (USA), along with similar lawsuits pending against other banks, have been consolidated for pre-trial proceedings in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida (the MDL Court) under the caption In re Checking Account Overdraft Litigation (MDL No. 2036, Case No. 1:09-MD-02036-JLK ). A consolidated amended complaint was filed in December 2010 that consolidated all of the claims in these MDL Court cases. The first case against RBC Bank (USA) pending in the MDL Court (Dasher v. RBC Bank (10-cv-22190-JLK)) was filed in July 2010 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida. The other case against RBC Bank (USA) (Avery v. RBC Bank (Case No. 10-cv-329)) was originally filed in North Carolina state court in July 2010 and was removed to the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina before being transferred to the MDL Court. A consolidated amended complaint was filed in November 2014.
These cases seek to certify multi-state classes of customers for the common law claims described below (covering all states in which RBC Bank (USA) had retail branch operations during the class periods), and subclasses of RBC Bank (USA) customers with accounts in North Carolina branches, with each subclass being asserted for purposes of claims under those states’ consumer protection statutes. No class periods are stated in any of the complaints, other than for the applicable statutes of limitations, which vary by state and claim.
The customer agreements with the plaintiffs in these two cases contain arbitration provisions. RBC Bank (USA)’s original motion in Dasher to compel arbitration under these provisions was denied by the MDL Court. This denial was appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit. While this appeal was pending, the U.S. Supreme Court issued its decision in AT&T Mobility v. Concepcion, following which the court of appeals vacated the MDL Court’s denial of the arbitration motion and remanded to the MDL Court for further consideration in light of the Concepcion decision. RBC Bank (USA)’s motion to compel arbitration, now covering both Dasher and Avery, was denied in January 2013. We appealed the denial of the motion to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit, which, in February 2014, affirmed the order of the district court denying arbitration. We filed a motion asking the court of appeals to reconsider its decision, which it denied in March 2014. In December 2014, we filed a motion to compel arbitration as to the claims of the plaintiff in Dasher based on an arbitration provision added to the PNC account agreement in 2013. In August 2015, the district court denied our motion. Later in August 2015, we appealed the denial of our arbitration motion to the court of appeals. The appeal is pending. In December 2014, we filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. In February 2016, the district court denied our motion.
198 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
The consolidated amended complaint alleges that the banks engaged in unlawful practices in assessing overdraft fees arising from electronic point-of-sale and ATM debits. The principal practice challenged in these lawsuits is the banks’ purportedly common policy of posting debit transactions on a daily basis from highest amount to lowest amount, thereby allegedly inflating the number of overdraft fees assessed. Other practices challenged include the failure to decline to honor debit card transactions where the account has insufficient funds to cover the transactions.
The plaintiffs assert claims for breach of contract and the covenant of good faith and fair dealing; unconscionability; conversion; unjust enrichment; and violation of the consumer protection statute of North Carolina. The plaintiffs seek, among other things, restitution of overdraft fees paid, unspecified actual and punitive damages (with actual damages, in some cases, trebled under state law), pre-judgment interest, attorneys’ fees, and declaratory relief finding the overdraft policies to be unfair and unconscionable.
Fulton Financial
In 2009, Fulton Financial Advisors, N.A. filed lawsuits against PNC Capital Markets, LLC and NatCity Investments, Inc. in the Court of Common Pleas of Lancaster County, Pennsylvania arising out of Fulton’s purchase of auction rate certificates (ARCs) through PNC and NatCity. Each of the lawsuits alleges violations of the Pennsylvania Securities Act, negligent misrepresentation, negligence, breach of fiduciary duty, common law fraud, and aiding and abetting common law fraud in connection with the purchase of the ARCs by Fulton. Specifically, Fulton alleges that, as a result of the decline of financial markets in 2007 and 2008, the market for ARCs became illiquid; that PNC and NatCity knew or should have known of the increasing threat of the ARC market becoming illiquid; and that PNC and NatCity did not inform Fulton of this increasing threat, but allowed Fulton to continue to purchase ARCs, to Fulton’s detriment. In its complaints, Fulton alleges that it then held ARCs purchased through PNC for a price of more than $123 million and purchased through NatCity for a price of more than $175 million. In each complaint, Fulton seeks, among other things, unspecified actual and punitive damages, rescission, attorneys’ fees and interest.
In the case against PNC (Fulton Financial Advisors, N.A. v. PNC Capital Markets, LLC (CI 09-10838)), PNC filed preliminary objections to Fulton’s complaint, which were denied. NatCity removed the case against it to the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania (Fulton Financial Advisors, N.A. v. NatCity Investments, Inc. (No. 5:09-cv-04855)), and in November 2009 filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. In October 2013, the court granted the motion to dismiss with respect to claims under the Pennsylvania Securities Act and for negligent misrepresentation, common law fraud, and aiding and abetting
common law fraud and denied the motion with respect to claims for negligence and breach of fiduciary duty. Fulton filed an amended complaint in December 2013, reasserting its negligence and breach of fiduciary duty claims and adding a new claim under the Pennsylvania Securities Act. Fulton and NatCity filed motions for summary judgment in February 2015, which are pending.
Captive Mortgage Reinsurance Litigation
In December 2011, a lawsuit (White, et al. v. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., et al. (Civil Action No. 11-7928)) was filed against PNC (as successor in interest to National City Corporation and several of its subsidiaries) and several mortgage insurance companies in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. This lawsuit, which was brought as a class action, alleges that National City structured its program of reinsurance of private mortgage insurance in such a way as to avoid a true transfer of risk from the mortgage insurers to National City’s captive reinsurer. The plaintiffs allege that the payments from the mortgage insurers to the captive reinsurer constitute kickbacks, referral payments, or unearned fee splits prohibited under the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA), as well as common law unjust enrichment. The plaintiffs claim, among other things, that from the beginning of 2004 until the end of 2010 National City’s captive reinsurer collected from the mortgage insurance company defendants at least $219 million as its share of borrowers’ private mortgage insurance premiums and that its share of paid claims during this period was approximately $12 million. The plaintiffs seek to certify a nationwide class of all persons who obtained residential mortgage loans originated, funded or originated through correspondent lending by National City or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates between January 1, 2004 and the present and, in connection with these mortgage loans, purchased private mortgage insurance and whose residential mortgage loans were included within National City’s captive mortgage reinsurance arrangements. Plaintiffs seek, among other things, statutory damages under RESPA (which include treble damages), restitution of reinsurance premiums collected, disgorgement of profits, and attorneys’ fees. In August 2012, the district court directed the plaintiffs to file an amended complaint, which the plaintiffs filed in September 2012. In November 2012, we filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint. The court dismissed, without prejudice, the amended complaint in June 2013 on statute of limitations grounds. A second amended complaint, in response to the court’s dismissal order, was filed in July 2013. We filed a motion to dismiss the second amended complaint, also in July 2013. In August 2014, the court denied the motion to dismiss. We then filed an uncontested motion to stay all proceedings pending the outcome of another matter then on appeal before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit that involves overlapping issues. In September 2014, the district court granted the stay. In October 2014, the court of appeals decided that other matter, holding that the RESPA claims in that case
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 199
were barred by the statute of limitations. We then filed a motion for reconsideration of the denial of our motion to dismiss in light of the court of appeals’ decision. In January 2015, the district court denied our motion. In March 2015, the parties stipulated to, and the court ordered, a stay of all proceedings pending the outcome of a new other matter currently on appeal before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit that also involves overlapping issues. In February 2016, the court of appeals issued a decision favorable to our position.
Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities Indemnification Demands
We have received indemnification demands from several entities sponsoring residential mortgage-backed securities and their affiliates where purchasers of the securities have brought litigation against the sponsors and other parties involved in the securitization transactions. National City Mortgage had sold whole loans to the sponsors or their affiliates that were allegedly included in certain of these securitization transactions. According to the indemnification demands, the plaintiffs’ claims in these lawsuits are based on alleged misstatements and omissions in the offering documents for these transactions. The indemnification demands assert that agreements governing the sale of these loans or the securitization transactions to which National City Mortgage was a party require us to indemnify the sponsors and their affiliates for losses suffered in connection with these lawsuits. The parties have settled several of these cases. There has not been any determination that the parties seeking indemnification have any liability to the plaintiffs in the other lawsuits and the amount, if any, for which we are responsible in the settled cases has not been determined.
Lender Placed Insurance Litigation
In June 2013, a lawsuit (Lauren v. PNC Bank, N.A., et al. (Case No. 2:14-cv-00230)) was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania, subsequently transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Ohio, against PNC Bank and American Security Insurance Company (ASIC), a provider of property and casualty insurance to PNC for certain residential mortgages.
In February and March 2014, two additional class action lawsuits were filed. One of them (Montoya, et al. v. PNC Bank, N.A., et al. (Case No. 1:14-cv-20474-JEM)) was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida against PNC Bank, ASIC and its parent, Assurant, Inc. The other case (Tighe v. PNC Bank, N.A., et al., (Case No. 14-CV-2017)) was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against these same parties as well as Alpine Indemnity Limited, a reinsurance subsidiary of PNC. The complaints in each of these lawsuits made similar allegations regarding the administration of PNC Bank’s program for placement of insurance for borrowers who fail to obtain hazard insurance coverages required by the terms of
their mortgages. In May 2014, the Tighe lawsuit was transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Ohio. In June 2014, the Tighe plaintiff filed a notice of voluntary dismissal without prejudice, thereby terminating that action. In September 2014, the Lauren lawsuit was voluntarily dismissed and, as described below, Lauren was added to the Montoya lawsuit as a plaintiff.
In their complaint, the plaintiffs in Montoya assert breach of contract by PNC, breach of its duty of good faith and fair dealing, unjust enrichment, breach of a fiduciary duty, and violations of Florida and New Jersey statutes pertaining to deceptive and unfair trade practices. These plaintiffs also assert claims under the federal TILA and RICO statutes. The plaintiffs seek a nationwide class on all claims except the state law statutory claims, for which they seek to certify subclasses of Florida and New Jersey residents, respectively. The plaintiffs seek, among other things, damages (including treble damages), disgorgement of “unjust benefits,” injunctive relief, interest and attorneys’ fees. PNC filed a motion to dismiss the complaint in Montoya in May 2014. In August 2014, the court in Montoya granted in part and denied in part PNC’s motion to dismiss. Specifically, the court dismissed the breach of contract, Florida deceptive and unfair trade practices, and federal TILA and RICO claims, although it allowed the RICO claims to be re-pled. The remaining claims are state claims for breach of the covenant of good faith, unjust enrichment, the New Jersey Consumer Fraud Act, and breach of fiduciary duty. Thereafter, in September 2014, a third amended complaint in Montoya was filed adding Lauren as a plaintiff there. In October 2014, PNC moved to partially dismiss the third amended complaint. The motion to dismiss sought dismissal of the re-pleaded RICO claims and plaintiff Lauren’s state law claims for breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing and breach of fiduciary duty. At the same time, PNC also moved to strike nationwide class allegations with respect to the state law claims. Shortly thereafter, the plaintiffs stipulated to this relief, as a result of which the plaintiffs’ state law claims are now being brought solely as statewide class action claims in the three states in which the plaintiffs reside. In January 2015, the plaintiffs filed a motion for class certification. In March 2015, the Montoya court denied PNC’s motion to dismiss, except that it granted the motion as to the Ohio good faith and fair dealing claim.
In May 2015, the parties reached an agreement to settle Montoya on a nationwide settlement class basis. The agreement is subject to, among other things, notice to the class members and final approval by the court. In connection with the settlement agreement, the plaintiffs also filed a fourth amended complaint, which, among other things, adds claims regarding wind and flood insurance. The proposed settlement provides for certification of a class of borrowers who were charged by PNC under a hazard, flood, flood gap or wind only lender placed insurance policy for residential property during the period January 1, 2008 through the date of preliminary approval of the settlement. The overall cost of the settlement
200 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
is not expected to be material to PNC. The court granted preliminary approval of the settlement in September 2015 and has scheduled a hearing with respect to final approval of the settlement for March 2016.
Patent Infringement Litigation
In June 2013, a lawsuit (Intellectual Ventures I LLC and Intellectual Ventures II LLC vs. PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., and PNC Bank, NA, (Case No. 2:13-cv-00740-AJS)(IV 1)) was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania against PNC and PNC Bank for patent infringement. The plaintiffs allege that multiple systems by which PNC and PNC Bank provide online banking services and other services via electronic means infringe five patents owned by the plaintiffs. The plaintiffs seek, among other things, a declaration that PNC and PNC Bank are infringing each of the patents, damages for past and future infringement, and attorneys’ fees. In July 2013, we filed an answer with counterclaims, denying liability and seeking declarations that the asserted patents are invalid and that PNC has not infringed them. In November 2013, PNC filed Covered Business Method/Post Grant Review petitions in the U.S. Patent & Trademark Office (PTO) seeking to invalidate all five of the patents. In December 2013, the court dismissed the plaintiffs’ claims as to two of the patents and entered a stay of the lawsuit pending the PTO’s consideration of PNC’s review petitions, including any appeals from decisions of the PTO. The PTO instituted review proceedings in May 2014 on four of the five patents at issue, finding that the subject matter of those patents was “more likely than not” unpatentable. The court had previously dismissed the plaintiffs’ claims with respect to the one patent not selected for review by the PTO. In separate decisions issued in April and May 2015, the PTO invalidated all claims with respect to the patents that were still at issue in IV 1. In July 2015, in an appeal arising out of proceedings against a different defendant relating to some of the same patents, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit affirmed the invalidity of the two patents at issue in both IV 1 and the Federal Circuit appeal. As a result, all of the patents at issue in IV 1 not subject to the prior dismissal have been invalidated. In October 2015, the plaintiffs moved to dismiss with prejudice their claims arising from the patents that had not been subject to prior dismissal in IV 1, which the court granted.
In June 2014, Intellectual Ventures filed a second lawsuit (Intellectual Ventures I LLC and Intellectual Ventures II LLC v. PNC Bank Financial Services Group, Inc., PNC Bank NA, and PNC Merchant Services Company, LP (Case No. 2:14-cv-00832-AKS)(IV 2)) in the same court as IV 1. This lawsuit alleges that PNC defendants infringed five patents, including the patent dismissed in IV 1 that is not subject to PTO review, and relates generally to the same technology and subject matter as the first lawsuit. The court has stayed this case, which was consolidated with IV 1 in August 2014, pending the PTO’s consideration of various review petitions of the patents
at issue in this case, as well as the review of the patents at issue in IV 1 and the appeals from any PTO decisions. In April 2015, the PTO, in a proceeding brought by another defendant, upheld the patentability of one of the patents at issue in IV 2. That decision was appealed to the Federal Circuit, which, in February 2016, affirmed it. After decisions adverse to the patent holder in the PTO and several U.S. District Courts on three of the remaining patents, in October 2015, the plaintiffs voluntarily dismissed without prejudice their claims with respect to those three patents, leaving two patents at issue in this lawsuit. The plaintiffs moved to deconsolidate IV 1 and IV 2 and to lift the stay. The court denied this motion in October 2015, continuing the stay until certain court proceedings against other defendants related to the same patents are resolved.
Mortgage Repurchase Litigation
In December 2013, Residential Funding Company, LLC (RFC) filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota against PNC Bank, N.A., as alleged successor in interest to National City Mortgage Co., NCMC Newco, Inc., and North Central Financial Corporation (Residential Funding Company, LLC v. PNC Bank, N.A., et al. (Civil No. 13-3498- JRT-JSM)). In its complaint, RFC alleges that PNC Bank (through predecessors) sold $6.5 billion worth of residential mortgage loans to RFC during the timeframe at issue (approximately May 2006 through September 2008), a portion of which were allegedly materially defective, resulting in damages and losses to RFC. RFC alleges that PNC Bank breached representations and warranties made under seller contracts in connection with these sales. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and indemnification. RFC seeks, among other things, monetary damages, costs, and attorney’s fees. In March 2014, we filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. RFC then filed an amended complaint, as well as a motion to transfer the lawsuit to the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. In April 2014, we moved to dismiss the amended complaint. In June 2014, RFC withdrew its motion to transfer the lawsuit. In October 2014, the court granted our motion to dismiss with prejudice the breach of contract claims in the complaint with respect to loans sold before May 14, 2006 and otherwise denied our motion to dismiss. In January 2015, the lawsuit was consolidated for pre-trial purposes with other lawsuits pending in the District of Minnesota filed by RFC against other originators of mortgage loans that it had purchased. The consolidated action is captioned In Re: RFC and RESCAP Liquidating Trust Litigation, (Civil File No. 13-cv-3451 (SRN/JJK/HB)). In September 2015, RFC filed a motion for leave to file a second amended complaint to add claims based on an asserted principle that loan sellers had a continuing contractual obligation to provide notice of loan defects, which RFC claims should allow it to assert contract claims as to pre-May 14, 2006 loans notwithstanding the prior dismissal of those claims with prejudice. In November 2015, the court granted RFC’s motion, and RFC filed its second amended complaint thereafter.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 201
Pre-need Funeral Arrangements
National City Bank and PNC Bank are defendants in a lawsuit pending in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Missouri under the caption Jo Ann Howard, P.C., et al. v. Cassity, et al. (No. 4:09-CV-1252-ERW) arising out of trustee services provided by Allegiant Bank, a National City Bank and PNC Bank predecessor, with respect to Missouri trusts that held pre-need funeral contract assets. Under a pre-need funeral contract, a customer pays an amount up front in exchange for payment of funeral expenses following the customer’s death. In a number of states, including Missouri, pre-need funeral contract sellers are required to deposit a portion of the proceeds of the sale of pre-need funeral contracts in a trust account.
The lawsuit was filed in August 2009 by the Special Deputy Receiver for three insolvent affiliated companies, National Prearranged Services, Inc. a seller of pre-need funeral contracts (NPS), Lincoln Memorial Life Insurance Company (Lincoln), and Memorial Service Life Insurance Company (Memorial). Seven individual state life and health insurance guaranty associations, who claim they are liable under state law for payment of certain benefits under life insurance policies sold by Lincoln and Memorial, and the National Organization of Life & Health Guaranty Associations have also joined the action as plaintiffs. In addition to National City Bank and PNC Bank (added following filing of the lawsuit as successor-in-interest to National City Bank) (the PNC defendants), other defendants included members of the Cassity family, who controlled NPS, Lincoln, and Memorial; officers and directors of NPS, Lincoln, and Memorial; auditors and attorneys for NPS, Lincoln, and Memorial; the trustees of each of the trusts that held pre-need funeral contract assets; and the investment advisor to the Pre-need Trusts. NPS retained several banks to act as trustees for the trusts holding NPS pre-need funeral contract assets (the NPS Trusts), with Allegiant Bank acting as one of these trustees with respect to seven Missouri NPS Trusts. All of the other defendants have settled with the plaintiffs, are otherwise no longer a party to the lawsuit, or are insolvent.
In their Third Amended Complaint, filed in 2012 following the granting by the court in part of motions to dismiss made by the PNC defendants and the other NPS Trust trustees, the plaintiffs allege that Allegiant Bank breached its fiduciary duties and acted negligently as the trustee for the Missouri NPS Trusts. In part as a result of these breaches, the plaintiffs allege, members of the Cassity family, acting in concert with other defendants, were able to improperly remove millions of dollars from the NPS Trusts, which in turn caused NPS, Lincoln, and Memorial to become insolvent. The complaint alleges $600 million in present and future losses to the plaintiffs due to the insolvency of NPS, Lincoln, and Memorial. The lawsuit seeks, among other things, unspecified actual and punitive damages, various equitable remedies including restitution, attorneys’ fees, costs of suit and interest.
In July 2013, five of the six defendants in a parallel federal criminal action, including two members of the Cassity family, entered into plea agreements with the U.S. to resolve criminal charges arising out of their conduct at NPS, Lincoln and Memorial. In August 2013, after a jury trial, the sixth defendant, the investment advisor to the NPS Trusts, was convicted on all criminal counts against him. The criminal charges against the defendants alleged, among other thing, a scheme to defraud Allegiant Bank and the other trustees of the NPS Trusts.
In May 2014, the court granted the plaintiffs’ motion to disallow the PNC defendants’ affirmative defense relating to the plaintiffs’ alleged failure to mitigate damages. In July 2014, the PNC defendants’ motion for reconsideration was denied. In September 2014, the plaintiffs filed a motion seeking leave to amend their complaint to reassert aiding and abetting claims, previously dismissed by the court in 2012. The court denied this motion in December 2014. Also in December 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the PNC defendants’ motion for summary judgment.
In March 2015, following a jury trial, the court entered a judgment against the PNC defendants in the amount of $356 million in compensatory damages and $36 million in punitive damages. In April 2015, the plaintiffs filed motions with the court seeking $179 million in pre-judgment interest. Also, in April 2015, the PNC defendants filed motions with the court to reduce the compensatory damages by the amounts paid in settlement by other defendants, to strike the punitive damages award, for judgment as a matter of law, and for a new trial. In November 2015, the court granted the motion to reduce the compensatory damages by amounts paid in settlement by other defendants and denied the other motions by the PNC defendants, with the judgment being reduced as a result to a total of $289 million, and also denied the plaintiffs’ motion for pre-judgment interest. In December 2015, the PNC defendants appealed the judgment to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit.
DD Growth Premium Master Fund
In June 2014, the liquidators of the DD Growth Premium Master Fund (DD Growth) issued a Plenary Summons in the High Court, Dublin, Ireland, in connection with the provision of administration services to DD Growth by a European subsidiary (GIS Europe) of PNC Global Investment Servicing (PNC GIS), a former subsidiary of PNC. The Plenary Summons was served on GIS Europe in June 2015.
In July 2010, PNC completed the sale of PNC GIS to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (BNY Mellon). Beginning in February 2014, BNY Mellon has provided notice to PNC of three indemnification claims pursuant to the stock purchase agreement related to DD Growth. PNC’s responsibility for this litigation is subject to the terms and limitations included in the indemnification provisions of the stock purchase agreement.
202 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
In its Statement of Claim, which the liquidator served in July 2015, the liquidator alleges, among other things, that GIS Europe breached its contractual duties to DD Growth as well as an alleged duty of care to DD Growth, and to investors in DD Growth, and makes claims of breach of the administration and accounting services agreement, breach of the middle office agreement, negligence, gross negligence, and breach of duty. The statement of claim further alleges claims for loss in the net asset value of the fund and loss of certain subscriptions paid into the fund in the amounts of $283 million and $134 million, respectively. The statement of claim seeks, among other things, damages, costs, and interest.
Other Regulatory and Governmental Inquiries
PNC is the subject of investigations, audits and other forms of regulatory and governmental inquiry covering a broad range of issues in our banking, securities and other financial services businesses, in some cases as part of reviews of specified activities at multiple industry participants. Over the last few years, we have experienced an increase in regulatory and governmental investigations, audits and other inquiries. Areas of current regulatory or governmental inquiry with respect to PNC include consumer protection, fair lending, mortgage origination and servicing, mortgage and non mortgage-related insurance and reinsurance, municipal finance activities, conduct by broker-dealers, automobile lending practices, and participation in government insurance or guarantee programs, some of which are described below. These inquiries, including those described below, may lead to administrative, civil or criminal proceedings, and possibly result in remedies including fines, penalties, restitution, or alterations in our business practices, and in additional expenses and collateral costs.
•
One area of significant regulatory and governmental focus has been mortgage lending and servicing. Numerous federal and state governmental, legislative and regulatory authorities are investigating practices in this area. PNC has received inquiries from, or is the subject of investigations by, a broad range of governmental, legislative and regulatory authorities relating to our activities in this area and is cooperating with these investigations and inquiries. As a result of the number and range of authorities conducting the investigations and inquiries, as well as the nature of these types of investigations and inquiries, among other factors, PNC cannot at this time predict the ultimate overall cost to or effect on PNC from potential governmental, legislative or regulatory actions arising out of these investigations and inquiries.
•
In April 2011, as a result of a publicly-disclosed interagency horizontal review of residential mortgage servicing operations at fourteen federally regulated mortgage servicers, PNC entered into a consent order with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and PNC Bank entered into a consent order with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.
Collectively, these consent orders describe certain foreclosure-related practices and controls that the regulators found to be deficient and require PNC and PNC Bank to, among other things, develop and implement plans and programs to enhance PNC’s residential mortgage servicing and foreclosure processes, retain an independent consultant to review certain residential mortgage foreclosure actions, take certain remedial actions, and oversee compliance with the orders and the new plans and programs.
In connection with these orders, PNC established a Compliance Committee of the Boards of PNC and PNC Bank to monitor and coordinate PNC’s and PNC Bank’s implementation of the commitments under the orders. PNC and PNC Bank are executing Action Plans designed to meet the requirements of the orders. Consistent with the orders, PNC also engaged an independent consultant to conduct a review of certain residential foreclosure actions, including those identified through borrower complaints, and identify whether any remedial actions for borrowers are necessary.
In early 2013, PNC and PNC Bank, along with twelve other residential mortgage servicers, reached agreements with the OCC and the Federal Reserve to amend these consent orders. Pursuant to the amended consent orders, in order to accelerate the remediation process, PNC agreed to make a payment of approximately $70 million for distribution to potentially affected borrowers in the review population and to provide approximately $111 million in additional loss mitigation or other foreclosure prevention relief, which could be satisfied pursuant to the amended consent orders by a variety of borrower relief actions or by additional cash payments or resource commitments to borrower counseling or education.
In June 2015, the OCC issued an order finding that PNC Bank had satisfied all of its obligations under the OCC’s 2013 amended consent order and terminating PNC Bank’s 2011 consent order and 2013 amended consent order. The OCC retained jurisdiction over the distribution of remaining funds contributed by PNC Bank under its 2013 amended consent order. PNC’s consent order with the Federal Reserve, as amended, remains open and does not foreclose the potential for civil money penalties from the Federal Reserve. The range of potential penalties communicated to PNC from the Federal Reserve in connection with the consent orders is not material and we do not otherwise expect any additional financial charges from the Federal Reserve consent orders to be material.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 203
•
In February 2012, the Department of Justice, other federal regulators and 49 state attorneys general announced agreements with the five largest mortgage servicers. Written agreements were filed with the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York in March 2012. Under these agreements, the mortgage servicers will make cash payments to federal and state governments, provide various forms of financial relief to borrowers, and implement new mortgage servicing standards. These governmental authorities are continuing their review of, and have engaged in discussions with, other mortgage servicers, including PNC, that were subject to the interagency horizontal review, which could result in the imposition of substantial payments and other forms of relief (similar to that agreed to by the five largest servicers) on some or all of these mortgage servicers, including PNC. Whether and to what extent any such relief may be imposed on PNC is not yet known.
•
PNC received subpoenas from the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of New York. The first two subpoenas, served in 2011, concern National City Bank’s lending practices in connection with loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) as well as certain non-FHA-insured loan origination, sale and securitization practices. A third, served in 2013, seeks information regarding claims for costs that are incurred by foreclosure counsel in connection with the foreclosure of loans insured or guaranteed by FHA, FNMA or FHLMC. PNC is cooperating with the investigations.
•
Through the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the District of Maryland, the office of the Inspector General for the Small Business Administration (SBA) served a subpoena on PNC in 2012 requesting documents concerning PNC’s relationship with, including SBA-guaranteed loans made through, a broker named Jade Capital Investments, LLC (Jade), as well as information regarding other PNC-originated SBA guaranteed loans made to businesses located in the State of Maryland, the Commonwealth of Virginia, and Washington, DC. Certain of the Jade loans have been identified in an indictment and subsequent superseding indictment charging persons associated with Jade with conspiracy to commit bank fraud, substantive violations of the federal bank fraud statute, and money laundering. PNC and the U.S. Attorney’s Office are in discussions regarding a possible resolution of the investigation.
Our practice is to cooperate fully with regulatory and governmental investigations, audits and other inquiries, including those described in this Note 20.
Other
In addition to the proceedings or other matters described above, PNC and persons to whom we may have indemnification obligations, in the normal course of business, are subject to various other pending and threatened legal proceedings in which claims for monetary damages and other relief are asserted. We do not anticipate, at the present time, that the ultimate aggregate liability, if any, arising out of such other legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our financial position. However, we cannot now determine whether or not any claims asserted against us or others to whom we may have indemnification obligations, whether in the proceedings or other matters described above or otherwise, will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in any future reporting period, which will depend on, among other things, the amount of the loss resulting from the claim and the amount of income otherwise reported for the reporting period.
See Note 21 Commitments and Guarantees for additional information regarding the Visa indemnification and our other obligations to provide indemnification, including to current and former officers, directors, employees and agents of PNC and companies we have acquired.
204 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
NOTE 21 COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES
Commitments
In the normal course of business, we have various commitments outstanding, certain of which are not included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The following table presents our outstanding commitments to extend credit along with significant other commitments as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
Table 131: Commitments to Extend Credit and Other Commitments
(a) Net outstanding standby letters of credit include $4.7 billion and $5.2 billion which support remarketing programs at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
(b) Represents aggregate maximum exposure up to the specified limits of the reinsurance contracts, and reflects estimates based on availability of financial information from insurance carriers. As of December 31, 2015 the aggregate maximum exposure amount comprised $1.6 billion for accidental death & dismemberment contracts and $.4 billion for credit life, accident & health contracts. The comparative amount as of December 31, 2014 included $1.8 billion for accidental death & dismemberment, $.5 billion for credit life, accident & health and $2.0 billion related to lender placed hazard contracts.
(c) We enter into standby bond purchase agreements to support municipal bond obligations.
(d) Includes $.5 billion and $.4 billion related to investments in qualified affordable housing projects at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
Commitments to Extend Credit
Commitments to extend credit, or net unfunded loan commitments, represent arrangements to lend funds or provide liquidity subject to specified contractual conditions. These commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, may require payment of a fee, and contain termination clauses in the event the customer’s credit quality deteriorates. Based on our historical experience, some commitments expire unfunded, and therefore cash requirements are substantially less than the total commitment.
Net Outstanding Standby Letters of Credit
We issue standby letters of credit and share in the risk of standby letters of credit issued by other financial institutions, in each case to support obligations of our customers to third parties, such as insurance requirements and the facilitation of transactions involving capital markets product execution. Internal credit ratings related to our net outstanding standby letters of credit were as follows:
Table 132: Internal Credit Ratings Related to Net Outstanding Standby Letters of Credit
(a) Indicates that expected risk of loss is currently low.
(b) Indicates a higher degree of risk of default.
If the customer fails to meet its financial or performance obligation to the third party under the terms of the contract or there is a need to support a remarketing program, then upon a draw by a beneficiary, subject to the terms of the letter of credit, we would be obligated to make payment to them. The standby letters of credit outstanding on December 31, 2015 had terms ranging from less than 1 year to 7 years.
As of December 31, 2015, assets of $1.0 billion secured certain specifically identified standby letters of credit. In addition, a portion of the remaining standby letters of credit issued on behalf of specific customers is also secured by collateral or guarantees that secure the customers’ other obligations to us. The carrying amount of the liability for our obligations related to standby letters of credit and participations in standby letters of credit was $.2 billion at December 31, 2015 and is included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Reinsurance Agreements
We have a wholly-owned captive insurance subsidiary which provides reinsurance for accidental death & dismemberment, credit life, accident & health and lender placed hazard, all of which are in run-off. This subsidiary previously entered into these various types of reinsurance agreements with third-party insurers where the subsidiary assumed the risk of loss through quota share agreements up to 100% reinsurance. In quota share agreements, the subsidiary and the third-party insurers share the responsibility for payment of all claims.
We maintain a reserve for probable losses on these agreements, which totaled $8 million and $13 million as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, and are included in Other Liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. There is a reasonable possibility that losses could be more than or less than the amount reserved due to ongoing uncertainty in various economic, social and other factors that
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 205
could impact the frequency and severity of claims covered by these reinsurance agreements. At December 31, 2015, the reasonably possible loss above our accrual was not material.
Indemnifications
We are a party to numerous acquisition or divestiture agreements under which we have purchased or sold, or agreed to purchase or sell, various types of assets. These agreements can cover the purchase or sale of entire businesses, loan portfolios, branch banks, partial interests in companies, or other types of assets.
These agreements generally include indemnification provisions under which we indemnify the third parties to these agreements against a variety of risks to the indemnified parties as a result of the transaction in question. When PNC is the seller, the indemnification provisions will generally also provide the buyer with protection relating to the quality of the assets we are selling and the extent of any liabilities being assumed by the buyer. Due to the nature of these indemnification provisions, we cannot quantify the total potential exposure to us resulting from them.
We provide indemnification in connection with securities offering transactions in which we are involved. When we are the issuer of the securities, we provide indemnification to the underwriters or placement agents analogous to the indemnification provided to the purchasers of businesses from us, as described above. When we are an underwriter or placement agent, we provide a limited indemnification to the issuer related to our actions in connection with the offering and, if there are other underwriters, indemnification to the other underwriters intended to result in an appropriate sharing of the risk of participating in the offering. Due to the nature of these indemnification provisions, we cannot quantify the total potential exposure to us resulting from them.
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into certain types of agreements that include provisions for indemnifying third parties. We also enter into certain types of agreements, including leases, assignments of leases, and subleases, in which we agree to indemnify third parties for acts by our agents, assignees and/or sublessees, and employees. We also enter into contracts for the delivery of technology service in which we indemnify the other party against claims of patent and copyright infringement by third parties. Due to the nature of these indemnification provisions, we cannot calculate our aggregate potential exposure under them.
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into contracts with third parties under which the third parties provide services on behalf of PNC. In many of these contracts, we agree to indemnify the third party service provider under certain circumstances. The terms of the indemnity vary from contract to contract and the amount of the indemnification liability, if any, cannot be determined.
We are a general or limited partner in certain asset management and investment limited partnerships, many of which contain indemnification provisions that would require us to make payments in excess of our remaining unfunded commitments. While in certain of these partnerships the maximum liability to us is limited to the sum of our unfunded commitments and partnership distributions received by us, in the others the indemnification liability is unlimited. As a result, we cannot determine our aggregate potential exposure for these indemnifications.
In some cases, indemnification obligations of the types described above arise under arrangements entered into by predecessor companies for which we become responsible as a result of the acquisition.
Pursuant to their bylaws, PNC and its subsidiaries provide indemnification to directors, officers and, in some cases, employees and agents against certain liabilities incurred as a result of their service on behalf of or at the request of PNC and its subsidiaries. PNC and its subsidiaries also advance on behalf of covered individuals costs incurred in connection with certain claims or proceedings, subject to written undertakings by each such individual to repay all amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that the individual is not entitled to indemnification. We generally are responsible for similar indemnifications and advancement obligations that companies we acquire had to their officers, directors and sometimes employees and agents at the time of acquisition. We advanced such costs on behalf of several such individuals with respect to pending litigation or investigations during 2015. It is not possible for us to determine the aggregate potential exposure resulting from the obligation to provide this indemnity or to advance such costs.
Visa Indemnification
Our payment services business issues and acquires credit and debit card transactions through Visa U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates (Visa).
In October 2007, Visa completed a restructuring and issued shares of Visa Inc. common stock to its financial institution members (Visa Reorganization) in contemplation of its initial public offering (IPO). As part of the Visa Reorganization, we received our proportionate share of Class B Visa Inc. common stock allocated to the U.S. members. Prior to the IPO, the U.S. members, which included PNC, were obligated to indemnify Visa for judgments and settlements related to certain specified litigation.
As a result of the acquisition of National City, we became party to judgment and loss sharing agreements with Visa and certain other banks. The judgment and loss sharing agreements were designed to apportion financial responsibilities arising from any potential adverse judgment or negotiated settlements related to the specified litigation. We continue to have an obligation to indemnify Visa for judgments and settlements for the remaining specified litigation.
206 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
Recourse and Repurchase Obligations
As discussed in Note 2 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities, PNC has sold commercial mortgage, residential mortgage and home equity loans/lines of credit directly or indirectly through securitization and loan sale transactions in which we have continuing involvement. One form of continuing involvement includes certain recourse and loan repurchase obligations associated with the transferred assets.
Commercial Mortgage Loan Recourse Obligations
We originate and service certain multi-family commercial mortgage loans which are sold to FNMA under FNMA’s Delegated Underwriting and Servicing (DUS) program. We participated in a similar program with the FHLMC.
Under these programs, we generally assume up to a one-third pari passu risk of loss on unpaid principal balances through a loss share arrangement. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the unpaid principal balance outstanding of loans sold as a participant in these programs was $12.9 billion and $12.3 billion, respectively. The potential maximum exposure under the loss share arrangements was $3.8 billion at December 31, 2015 and $3.7 billion at December 31, 2014.
If payment is required under these programs, we would not have a contractual interest in the collateral underlying the mortgage loans on which losses occurred, although the value of the collateral is taken into account in determining our share of such losses. Our exposure and activity associated with these recourse obligations are reported in the Corporate & Institutional Banking segment.
We maintain a reserve for estimated losses based upon our exposure. The reserve for losses under these programs totaled $27 million and $35 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, and was included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Residential Mortgage Loan Repurchase Obligations
While residential mortgage loans are sold on a non-recourse basis, we assume certain loan repurchase obligations associated with mortgage loans we have sold to investors. These loan repurchase obligations primarily relate to situations where PNC is alleged to have breached certain origination covenants and representations and warranties made to purchasers of the loans in the respective purchase and sale agreements. Repurchase obligation activity associated with residential mortgages is reported in the Residential Mortgage Banking segment.
Indemnifications and repurchase liabilities are initially recognized when loans are sold to investors and are subsequently evaluated by management. Initial recognition and subsequent adjustments to the indemnification and repurchase liability for the sold residential mortgage portfolio are recognized in Residential mortgage revenue on the Consolidated Income Statement.
Management’s subsequent evaluation of indemnification and repurchase liabilities is based upon trends in indemnification and repurchase requests, actual loss experience, risks in the underlying serviced loan portfolios, and current economic conditions. As part of its evaluation, management considers estimated loss projections over the life of the subject loan portfolio.
At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the residential mortgage indemnification and repurchase liability for estimated losses on indemnification and repurchase claims totaled $94 million and $107 million, respectively, and was included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The unpaid principal balance of loans associated with our exposure to this repurchase obligation totaled $65.3 billion and $68.3 billion at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
Management believes the indemnification and repurchase liabilities appropriately reflect the estimated probable losses on indemnification and repurchase claims for all loans sold and outstanding as of December 31, 2015. In making these estimates, we consider the losses that we expect to incur over the life of the sold loans. While management seeks to obtain all relevant information in estimating the indemnification and repurchase liability, the estimation process is inherently uncertain and imprecise and, accordingly, it is reasonably possible that future indemnification and repurchase losses could be more or less than our established liability. Factors that could affect our estimate include the volume of valid claims driven by investor strategies and behavior, our ability to successfully negotiate claims with investors, housing prices and other economic conditions. At December 31, 2015, we estimate that it is reasonably possible that we could incur additional losses in excess of our accrued indemnification and repurchase liability of up to approximately $77 million for our portfolio of residential mortgage loans sold. This estimate of potential additional losses in excess of our liability is based on assumed higher repurchase claims and lower claim rescissions than our current assumptions.
Home Equity Loan/Line of Credit Repurchase Obligations
PNC’s repurchase obligations also include certain brokered home equity loans/lines of credit that were sold to a limited number of private investors in the financial services industry by National City prior to our acquisition of National City. PNC is no longer engaged in the brokered home equity lending business, and our exposure under these loan repurchase obligations is limited to repurchases of loans sold in these transactions. Repurchase activity associated with brokered home equity loans/lines of credit is reported in the Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio segment.
Since PNC is no longer engaged in the brokered home equity lending business, only subsequent adjustments are recognized to the home equity loans/lines indemnification and repurchase liability based on management evaluation. These adjustments are recognized in Other noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 207
At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the home equity indemnification and repurchase liability for estimated losses on indemnification and repurchase claims totaled $20 million and $29 million, respectively, and was included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The unpaid principal balance of the sold loan portfolio associated with this repurchase obligation totaled $2.1 billion and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. At December 31, 2015 the reasonably possible loss above our accrual for our portfolio of home equity loans/lines of credit sold was not material.
Resale and Repurchase Agreements
We enter into repurchase and resale agreements where we transfer investment securities to/from a third party with the agreement to repurchase/resell those investment securities at a future date for a specified price. These agreements are entered into primarily to provide short-term financing for securities inventory positions, acquire securities to cover short positions and accommodate customers’ investing and financing needs. Repurchase and resale agreements are treated as collateralized financing transactions for accounting purposes and are
generally carried at the amounts at which the securities will be subsequently reacquired or resold, including accrued interest. Our policy is to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell. We monitor the market value of securities to be repurchased and resold and additional collateral may be obtained where considered appropriate to protect against credit exposure.
Repurchase and resale agreements are typically entered into with counterparties under industry standard master netting agreements which provide for the right to offset amounts owed to one another with respect to multiple repurchase and resale agreements under such master netting agreement (referred to as netting arrangements) and liquidate the purchased or borrowed securities in the event of counterparty default. In order for an arrangement to be eligible for netting under GAAP, we must obtain the requisite assurance that the offsetting rights included in the master netting agreement would be legally enforceable in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency, or a similar proceeding of such third party. Enforceability is evidenced by obtaining a legal opinion that supports, with sufficient confidence, the enforceability of the master netting agreement in bankruptcy.
Table 133 shows the amounts owed under resale and repurchase agreements and the securities collateral associated with those agreements where a legal opinion supporting the enforceability of the offsetting rights has been obtained. We do not present resale and repurchase agreements entered into with the same counterparty under a legally enforceable master netting agreement on a net basis on our Consolidated Balance Sheet or within Table 133.
Refer to Note 14 Financial Derivatives for additional information related to offsetting of financial derivatives.
Table 133: Resale and Repurchase Agreements Offsetting
(a) Resale agreements are included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Federal funds sold and resale agreements. Amounts in the table above exclude fair value adjustments of $4 million and $7 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, related to structured resale agreements that we have elected to account for at fair value. See Note 7 Fair Value for additional information. Repurchase agreements are included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements.
(b) Represents the fair value of securities collateral purchased or sold, up to the amount owed under the agreement, for agreements supported by a legally enforceable master netting agreement.
(c) Represents certain long term resale agreements which are fully collateralized but do not have the benefits of a netting opinion and, therefore, might be subject to a stay in insolvency proceedings and therefore are not eligible under ASC 210-20 for netting.
(d) Represents overnight repurchase agreements entered into with municipalities, pension plans, and certain trusts and insurance companies which are fully collateralized but do not have the benefits of a netting opinion and, therefore, might be subject to a stay in insolvency proceedings and therefore are not eligible under ASC 210-20 for netting. There were no long term repurchase agreements as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(e) Repurchase agreements have remaining contractual maturities that are classified as overnight or continuous. As of December 31, 2015, the collateral pledged under these agreements consisted primarily of residential mortgage -backed agency securities.
208 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
NOTE 22 PARENT COMPANY
Summarized financial information of the parent company is as follows:
Table 134: Parent Company - Income Statement
Table 135: Parent Company - Balance Sheet
(a) At December 31, 2015, debt that contractually matures in 2016 through 2020 totaled zero, zero, zero, $700 million (subordinated debt) and zero.
Debt issued by PNC Funding Corp, a wholly-owned finance subsidiary, is fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the parent company. In addition, in connection with certain affiliates’ commercial and residential mortgage servicing operations, the parent company has committed to maintain such affiliates’ net worth above minimum requirements.
Table 136: Parent Company - Interest Paid and Income Tax Refunds (Payments)
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 209
Table 137: Parent Company - Statement of Cash Flows
NOTE 23 SEGMENT REPORTING
We have six reportable business segments:
•
Retail Banking
•
Corporate & Institutional Banking
•
Asset Management Group
•
Residential Mortgage Banking
•
BlackRock
•
Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio
Results of individual businesses are presented based on our internal management reporting practices. There is no comprehensive, authoritative body of guidance for management accounting equivalent to GAAP; therefore, the financial results of our individual businesses are not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other company. We periodically refine our internal methodologies as management reporting practices are enhanced. To the extent significant and practicable, retrospective application of new methodologies is made to prior period reportable business segment results and disclosures to create comparability with the current period.
Financial results are presented, to the extent practicable, as if each business operated on a stand-alone basis. Additionally, we have aggregated the results for corporate support functions within “Other” for financial reporting purposes.
Net interest income in business segment results reflects PNC’s internal funds transfer pricing methodology. Assets receive a funding charge and liabilities and capital receive a funding credit based on a transfer pricing methodology that incorporates product repricing characteristics, tenor and other factors. In the first quarter of 2015, enhancements were made to PNC’s funds transfer pricing methodology primarily for costs related to the new regulatory short-term liquidity standards. The enhancements incorporate an additional charge assigned to assets, including for unfunded loan commitments. Conversely, a higher transfer pricing credit has been assigned to those deposits that are accorded higher value under Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) rules for liquidity purposes. Please see the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 and the Liquidity Risk Management section in Item 7 of this Report for more information about the LCR. These adjustments apply to business segment results, primarily favorably impacting Retail Banking and adversely impacting Corporate & Institutional Banking, prospectively beginning with the first quarter of 2015. Prior periods have not been adjusted due to the impracticability of estimating the impact of the change for prior periods.
A portion of capital is intended to cover unexpected losses and is assigned to our business segments using our risk-based economic capital model, including consideration of the goodwill at those business segments, as well as the diversification of risk among the business segments, ultimately reflecting PNC’s portfolio risk adjusted capital allocation.
210 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
We have allocated the allowances for loan and lease losses and for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit based on the loan exposures within each business segment’s portfolio. Key reserve assumptions and estimation processes react to and are influenced by observed changes in loan portfolio performance experience, the financial strength of the borrower, and economic conditions. Key reserve assumptions are periodically updated.
Our allocation of the costs incurred by operations and other shared support areas not directly aligned with the businesses is primarily based on the use of services.
Total business segment financial results differ from total consolidated net income. The impact of these differences is reflected in the “Other” category in the business segment tables. “Other” includes residual activities that do not meet the criteria for disclosure as a separate reportable business, such as gains or losses related to BlackRock transactions, integration costs, asset and liability management activities including net securities gains or losses, other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities and certain trading activities, exited businesses, private equity investments, intercompany eliminations, most corporate overhead, tax adjustments that are not allocated to business segments, and differences between business segment performance reporting and financial statement reporting (GAAP), including the presentation of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests as the segments’ results exclude their portion of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests. Assets, revenue and earnings attributable to foreign activities were not material in the periods presented for comparative purposes.
Business Segment Products and Services
Retail Banking provides deposit, lending, brokerage, investment management and cash management services to consumer and small business customers within our primary geographic markets. Our customers are serviced through our branch network, ATMs, call centers, online banking and mobile channels. The branch network is located primarily in Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey, Michigan, Illinois, Maryland, Indiana, Florida, North Carolina, Kentucky, Washington, D.C., Delaware, Virginia, Alabama, Georgia, Missouri, Wisconsin and South Carolina.
Corporate & Institutional Banking provides lending, treasury management, and capital markets-related products and services to mid-sized and large corporations, government and not-for-profit entities. Lending products include secured and unsecured loans, letters of credit and equipment leases. Treasury management services include cash and investment management, receivables management, disbursement services, funds transfer services, information reporting and global trade services. Capital markets-related products and services include foreign exchange, derivatives, securities, loan syndications, mergers and acquisitions advisory, equity capital markets advisory and related services. We also provide commercial loan servicing and real estate advisory and technology
solutions for the commercial real estate finance industry. Products and services are generally provided within our primary geographic markets, with certain products and services offered nationally and internationally.
Asset Management Group includes personal wealth management for high net worth and ultra high net worth clients and institutional asset management. Wealth management products and services include investment and retirement planning, customized investment management, private banking, tailored credit solutions, and trust management and administration for individuals and their families. Hawthorn provides multi-generational family planning including wealth strategy, investment management, private banking, tax and estate planning guidance, performance reporting and personal administration services to ultra high net worth families. Institutional asset management provides investment management, custody administration and retirement administration services. The business also offers PNC proprietary mutual funds. Institutional clients include corporations, unions, municipalities, non-profits, foundations and endowments, primarily located in our geographic footprint.
Residential Mortgage Banking directly originates first lien residential mortgage loans on a nationwide basis with a significant presence within the retail banking footprint. Mortgage loans represent loans collateralized by one-to-four family residential real estate. These loans are typically underwritten to government agency and/or third-party standards, and either sold, servicing retained, or held on PNC’s balance sheet. Loan sales are primarily to secondary mortgage conduits of FNMA, FHLMC, Federal Home Loan Banks and third-party investors, or are securitized and issued under the GNMA program. The mortgage servicing operation performs all functions related to servicing mortgage loans, primarily those in first lien position, for various investors and for loans owned by PNC.
BlackRock is a leading publicly traded investment management firm providing a broad range of investment and risk management services to institutional and retail clients worldwide. Using a diverse platform of active and index investment strategies across asset classes, BlackRock develops investment outcomes and asset allocation solutions for clients. Product offerings include single- and multi-asset class portfolios investing in equities, fixed income, alternatives and money market instruments. BlackRock also offers an investment and risk management technology platform, risk analytics and advisory services and solutions to a broad base of institutional investors.
We hold an equity investment in BlackRock, which provides us with an additional source of noninterest income and increases our overall revenue diversification. BlackRock is a publicly traded company, and additional information regarding its business is available in its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). At December 31, 2015, our economic interest in BlackRock was 22%.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 211
PNC received cash dividends from BlackRock of $320 million, $285 million, and $249 million during 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.
Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio includes a consumer portfolio of mainly residential mortgage and brokered home equity loans and lines of credit and a small commercial/commercial real estate loan and lease portfolio. We obtained a significant portion of these non-strategic assets through acquisitions of other companies.
Table 138: Results Of Businesses
(a) Period-end balances for BlackRock.
NOTE 24 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On February 1, 2016, PNC transferred 0.5 million shares of BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock to BlackRock to satisfy a portion of our LTIP obligation. Upon transfer, Other assets and Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet were each reduced by $138 million, representing the fair value of the shares transferred. After this transfer, we hold 0.8 million shares of BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock which are available to fund our remaining obligation in connection with the BlackRock LTIP programs.
212 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
STATISTICAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
(a) Noninterest income included private equity gains/(losses) and net gains on sales of securities in each quarter as follows:
(b) The sum of the quarterly amounts for 2015 and 2014 does not equal the respective year’s amount because the quarterly calculations are based on a changing number of average shares.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 213
AVERAGE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND NET INTEREST ANALYSIS (a) (b) (c)
214 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
(a) Nonaccrual loans are included in loans, net of unearned income. The impact of financial derivatives used in interest rate risk management is included in the interest income/expense and average yields/rates of the related assets and liabilities. Basis adjustments related to hedged items are included in noninterest-earning assets and noninterest-bearing liabilities. Average balances of securities are based on amortized historical cost (excluding adjustments to fair value, which are included in other assets). Average balances for certain loans and borrowed funds accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in trading noninterest income, are included in noninterest-earning assets and noninterest-bearing liabilities.
(b) Loan fees for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $106 million, $162 million and $230 million, respectively.
(c) Interest income includes the effects of taxable-equivalent adjustments using a statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. The taxable-equivalent adjustments to interest income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $196 million, $189 million and $168 million, respectively.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 215
ANALYSIS OF YEAR-TO-YEAR CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME (a) (b)
(a) Changes attributable to rate/volume are prorated into rate and volume components.
(b) Interest income includes the effects of taxable-equivalent adjustments using a statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to increase tax-exempt interest income to a
taxable-equivalent basis. The taxable-equivalent adjustments to interest income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $196 million, $189 million and $168 million, respectively.
216 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
LOANS SUMMARY
(a) Includes the impact of the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition, which we acquired on March 2, 2012.
TANGIBLE BOOK VALUE PER COMMON SHARE RATIO (NON-GAAP)
(a) Excludes the impact from mortgage servicing rights of $1.6 billion, $1.4 billion, $1.6 billion, $1.1 billion, and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.
(b) We believe this non-GAAP financial measure serves as a useful tool to help evaluate the strength and discipline of a company’s capital management strategies and as an additional conservative measure of total company value.
FEE INCOME RECONCILIATION (NON-GAAP)
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 217
NONPERFORMING ASSETS AND RELATED INFORMATION
(a) Excludes most consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, which are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due and are not placed on nonperforming status.
(b) Pursuant to alignment with interagency supervisory guidance on practices for loans and lines of credit related to consumer lending in the first quarter of 2013, nonperforming home equity loans increased $214 million, nonperforming residential mortgage loans increased $187 million and nonperforming other consumer loans increased $25 million. Charge-offs were taken on these loans where the fair value less costs to sell the collateral was less than the recorded investment of the loan and were $134 million.
(c) In the first quarter of 2012, we adopted a policy stating that Home equity loans past due 90 days or more would be placed on nonaccrual status. Prior policy required that these loans be past due 180 days before being placed on nonaccrual status.
(d) Effective in the second quarter 2011, the commercial nonaccrual policy was applied to certain small business credit card balances. This change resulted in loans being placed on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days or more past due. We continue to charge off these loans at 180 days past due.
(e) Pursuant to regulatory guidance, issued in the third quarter of 2012, nonperforming consumer loans, primarily home equity and residential mortgage, increased $288 million in 2012 related to changes in treatment of certain loans classified as TDRs, net of charge-offs, resulting from bankruptcy where no formal reaffirmation was provided by the borrower and therefore a concession has been granted based upon discharge from personal liability. Charge-offs have been taken where the fair value less costs to sell the collateral was less than the recorded investment of the loan and were $128 million.
(f) Nonperforming loans exclude certain government insured or guaranteed loans, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and purchased impaired loans.
(g) Amounts include certain government insured or guaranteed consumer loans totaling $765 million, $996 million, $995 million, $2,236 million and $2,474 million at December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Past due loan amounts exclude purchased impaired loans as they are considered current loans due to the accretion of interest income.
(h) Amounts include certain government insured or guaranteed consumer loans held for sale totaling $4 million, $9 million, $4 million, zero, and $15 million at December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.
218 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE
(a) A portion of the ALLL associated with purchased impaired pooled consumer and residential real estate loans was derecognized on December 31, 2015 due to the change in the derecognition policy for these loans. The December 31, 2015 ratio of ALLL to total loans was impacted by the derecognition. See Note 4 Purchased Loans for additional information.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 219
The following table presents the assignment of the allowance for loan and lease losses and the categories of loans as a percentage of total loans. Changes in the allocation over time reflect the changes in loan portfolio composition, risk profile and refinements to reserve methodologies.
ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES
SELECTED LOAN MATURITIES AND INTEREST SENSITIVITY
At December 31, 2015, we had no pay-fixed interest rate swaps designated to commercial loans as part of fair value hedge strategies. At December 31, 2015, $17.9 billion notional amount of receive-fixed interest rate swaps were designated as part of cash flow hedging strategies that converted the floating rate (1 month and 3 month LIBOR) on the underlying commercial loans to a fixed rate as part of risk management strategies.
TIME DEPOSITS
The aggregate amount of time deposits with a denomination of $100,000 or more was $9.4 billion at December 31, 2015 and $8.8 billion at December 31, 2014. Time deposits of $100,000 or more included time deposits in foreign offices of $2.9 billion at December 31, 2015. Domestic time deposits of $100,000 or more were $6.5 billion at December 31, 2015 with the following maturities:
COMMON STOCK PRICES/DIVIDENDS DECLARED
The table below sets forth by quarter the range of high and low sale and quarter-end closing prices for The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. common stock and the cash dividends declared per common share.
(a) Our Board approved a first quarter 2016 cash dividend of $.51 per common share, which was payable on February 5, 2016.
220 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
TRANSITIONAL BASEL III AND PRO FORMA FULLY PHASED-IN BASEL III COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 CAPITAL RATIOS - 2012-2014 PERIODS
PNC’s regulatory risk-based capital ratios in 2014 were based on the definitions of, and deductions from, regulatory capital under the Basel III rules (as such definitions and deductions were phased-in for 2014) and Basel I risk-weighted assets (but subject to certain adjustments as defined by the Basel III rules). We refer to the 2014 capital ratios calculated using these phased-in Basel III provisions and Basel I risk-weighted assets as the 2014 Transitional Basel III ratios.
(a) PNC utilizes the pro forma fully phased-in Basel III capital ratios to assess its capital position (without the benefit of phase-ins), including comparison to similar estimates made by other financial institutions.
(b) Basel III capital ratios and estimates may be impacted by additional regulatory guidance and, in the case of those ratios calculated using the advanced approaches, may be subject to variability based on the ongoing evolution, validation and regulatory approval of PNC’s models that are integral to the calculation of advanced approaches risk-weighted assets as PNC moves through the parallel run process.
(c) Represents net adjustments related to accumulated other comprehensive income for securities currently and previously held as available for sale, as well as pension and other postretirement plans.
(d) Includes credit and market risk-weighted assets.
(e) Basel III standardized approach risk-weighted assets were estimated based on the Basel III standardized approach rules and include credit and market risk-weighted assets.
(f) Basel III advanced approaches risk-weighted assets were estimated based on the Basel III advanced approaches rules, and include credit, market and operational risk-weighted assets.
BASEL I TIER 1 COMMON CAPITAL RATIO (a) (b)
(a) Effective January 1, 2014, the Basel I Tier 1 common capital ratio no longer applies to PNC (except for stress testing purposes). Our 2013 Form 10-K included additional information regarding our Basel I capital ratios.
(b) Amounts have not been updated to reflect the first quarter 2014 adoption of ASU 2014-01 related to investments in low income housing tax credits.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 221

---

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
ITEM 9 - CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.

---

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
ITEM 9A - CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The management of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (PNC) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in the Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f).
Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
We performed an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of PNC’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concluded that PNC maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 included in this Report, has also audited the effectiveness of PNC’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is included under Item 8 of this Report.
DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES AND CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
As of December 31, 2015, we performed an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures and of changes in our internal control over financial reporting.
Based on that evaluation, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) were effective as of December 31, 2015, and that there has been no change in PNC’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2015 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

---

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 9B - OTHER INFORMATION
None.
PART III

---

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
ITEM 10 - DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Certain of the information regarding our directors (or nominees for director), executive officers and Audit Committee (and Audit Committee financial experts), required by this item is included under the captions “Election of Directors (Item 1),” and “Corporate Governance - Board committees - Audit Committee,” in our Proxy Statement to be filed for the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
Additional information regarding our executive officers and our directors is included in Part I of this Report under the captions “Executive Officers of the Registrant” and “Directors of the Registrant.”
Information regarding our compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is included under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our Proxy Statement to be filed for the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
Certain information regarding our PNC Code of Business Conduct and Ethics required by this item is included under the caption “Corporate Governance-Our code of ethics” in our Proxy Statement to be filed for the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. Our PNC Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our corporate website at www.pnc.com/corporategovernance. In addition, any future amendments to, or waivers from, a provision of the PNC Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our directors or executive officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer or controller) will be posted at this internet address.
222 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K

---

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
ITEM 11 - EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this item is included under the captions “Corporate Governance - Board committees - Personnel and Compensation Committee - Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation,” “Director Compensation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Compensation and Risk,” “Compensation Tables,” and “Change in Control and Termination of Employment” in our Proxy Statement to be filed for the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. In accordance with Item 407(e)(5) of Regulation S-K, the information set forth under the caption “Compensation Committee Report” in such Proxy Statement will be deemed to be furnished in this Report and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act as a result of furnishing the disclosure in this manner.

---

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP
ITEM 12 - SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this item regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is included under the caption “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers” in our Proxy Statement to be filed for the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information regarding our compensation plans under which PNC equity securities are authorized for issuance as of December 31, 2015 is included in a table (with introductory paragraph and notes) under the caption “Approval of 2016 Incentive Award Plan (Item 3)” in our Proxy Statement to be filed for the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. Included in the notes to that table, and incorporated herein by reference, is information regarding awards or portions of awards under our 2006 Incentive Award Plan that, by their terms, are payable only in cash. Additional information regarding these plans is included in Note 13 Stock Based Compensation Plans in the Notes To the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.

---

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
ITEM 13 - CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this item is included under the captions “Director and Executive Officer Relationships - Director independence, - Transactions with directors, - Family relationships, and - Indemnification and advancement of costs” and “Related Person Transactions” in our Proxy Statement to be filed for the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

---

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
ITEM 14 - PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item is included under the caption “Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Item 2) - Audit, audit-related and permitted non-audit fees, - Procedures for pre-approving audit services, audit-related services and permitted non-audit services” in our Proxy Statement to be filed for the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV

---

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
ITEM 15 - EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Our consolidated financial statements required in response to this Item are incorporated by reference from Item 8 of this Report.
Audited consolidated financial statements of BlackRock, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 are filed with this Report as Exhibit 99.1 and incorporated herein by reference.
EXHIBITS
Our exhibits listed on the Exhibit Index on pages E-1 through E-8 of this Form 10-K are filed with this Report or are incorporated herein by reference.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K 223
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.
(Registrant)
By:
/s/ Robert Q. Reilly
Robert Q. Reilly
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
February 26, 2016
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and in the capacities indicated on February 26, 2016.
Signature
Capacities
/s/ William S. Demchak
William S. Demchak
Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Robert Q. Reilly
Robert Q. Reilly
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ Gregory H. Kozich
Gregory H. Kozich
Senior Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
* Charles E. Bunch; Paul W. Chellgren; Marjorie Rodgers Cheshire; Andrew T. Feldstein; Daniel R. Hesse; Kay Coles James; Richard B. Kelson; Anthony A. Massaro; Jane G. Pepper; Donald J. Shepard; Lorene K. Steffes; Dennis F. Strigl; Thomas J. Usher; Michael J. Ward; Gregory D. Wasson
Directors
*By:
/s/ Christi Davis
Christi Davis, Attorney-in-Fact,
pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith
224 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
No.
Description
Method of Filing +
3.1.1
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, effective January 2, 2009
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (2008 Form 10-K)
3.1.2
Statement with Respect to Shares of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series O dated July 21,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 27, 2011
3.1.3
Statement with Respect to Shares of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series P dated April 19, 2012
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 24, 2012
3.1.4
Statement with Respect to Shares of 5.375% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series Q dated September 14,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 21,
3.1.5
Statement with Respect to Shares of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series R dated May 2,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 7, 2013
3.1.6
Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, effective November 19, 2015
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1.6 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 20,
3.2
By-Laws of the Corporation, as amended and restated, effective November 19, 2015
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 20,
4.1
There are no instruments with respect to long-term debt of the Corporation and its subsidiaries that involve a total amount of securities authorized thereunder that exceed 10 percent of the total assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. The Corporation agrees to provide the SEC with a copy of instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the Corporation and its subsidiaries on request.
4.2
Terms of $1.80 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 the Corporation’s 2008 Form 10-K
4.3
Terms of 7.00% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series H
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 the Corporation’s 2008 Form 10-K
4.4
Terms of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series I
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 the Corporation’s 2008 Form 10-K
4.5
Terms of Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series K
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 the Corporation’s 2008 Form 10-K
4.6
Terms of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series O
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 27,
4.7
Statement with Respect to Shares of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series P dated April 19, 2012
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 24, 2012
4.8
Statement with Respect to Shares of 5.375% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series Q dated September 14,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 21,
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K E-1
4.9
Statement with Respect to Shares of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series R dated May 2,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 7, 2013
4.10
Warrants for Purchase of Shares of PNC Common Stock
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 (included as part of Exhibit 4.1) of the Corporation’s Form 8-A filed April 30, 2010
4.11
Deposit Agreement dated May 21, 2008, between the Corporation, PNC Bank, National Association, and the holders from time to time of the Depositary Receipts representing interests in the Series K preferred stock
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 27, 2008
4.12
Deposit Agreement dated July 27, 2011, between the Corporation, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., Computershare Inc. and the holders from time to time of the Depositary Receipts representing interests in the Series O preferred stock
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 27, 2011
4.13
Deposit Agreement, dated April 24, 2012, between the Corporation, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., Computershare Inc. and the holders from time to time of the Depositary Receipts representing interests in the Series P preferred stock
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 24, 2012
4.14
Deposit Agreement, dated September 21, 2012, between the Corporation, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., Computershare Inc. and the holders from time to time of the Depositary Receipts representing interests in the Series Q preferred stock
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 21,
4.15
Deposit Agreement, dated May 7, 2013, between the Corporation, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., Computershare Inc. and the holders from time to time of the Depositary Receipts representing interests in the Series R preferred stock
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 7, 2013
4.16
Form of PNC Bank, National Association Global Bank Note for Fixed Rate Global Senior Bank Note issued prior to January 16, 2014 with Maturity of more than Nine Months from Date of Issuance
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.9 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 (3rd Quarter 2004 Form 10-Q)
4.17
Form of PNC Bank, National Association Global Bank Note for Floating Rate Global Senior Bank Note issued prior to January 16, 2014 with Maturity of more than Nine Months from Date of Issuance
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.10 of the Corporation’s 3rd Quarter 2004 Form 10-Q
4.18
Form of PNC Bank, National Association Global Bank Note for Fixed Rate Global Subordinated Bank Note issued prior to January 16, 2014 with Maturity of more than Nine Months from Date of Issuance
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.11 of the Corporation’s 3rd Quarter 2004 Form 10-Q
4.19
Form of PNC Bank, National Association Global Bank Note for Floating Rate Global Subordinated Bank Note issued prior to January 16, 2014 with Maturity of more than Nine Months from Date of Issuance
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.12 of the Corporation’s 3rd Quarter 2004 Form 10-Q
4.20.1
Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, dated January 16, 2014, between PNC Bank, National Association and PNC Bank, National Association, relating to the $25 billion Global Bank Note Program for the Issue of Senior and Subordinated Bank Notes
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 (2013 Form 10-K)
E-2 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
4.20.2
Amendment No. 1 to Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, dated May 22, 2015, between PNC Bank, National Association and PNC Bank, National Association, relating to the $30 billion Global Bank Note Program for the Issue of Senior and Subordinated Bank Notes
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21.2 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015 (2nd Quarter 2015 Form 10-Q)
4.21
Form of PNC Bank, National Association Global Bank Note for Fixed Rate Global Senior Bank Note issued after January 16, 2014 with Maturity of more than Nine Months from Date of Issuance (included in Exhibit 4.20.1)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 of the Corporation’s 2013 Form 10-K
4.22
Form of PNC Bank, National Association Global Bank Note for Floating Rate Global Senior Bank Note issued after January 16, 2014 with Maturity of more than Nine Months from Date of Issuance (included in Exhibit 4.20.1)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 of the Corporation’s 2013 Form 10-K
4.23
Form of PNC Bank, National Association Global Bank Note for Extendible Floating Rate Global Senior Bank Note issued after January 16, 2014 with Maturity of more than Nine Months from Date of Issuance
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.28 of the Corporation’s 2013 Form 10-K
4.24
Form of PNC Bank, National Association Global Bank Note for Fixed Rate Global Subordinated Bank Note issued after January 16, 2014 but before May 22, 2015 with Maturity of five years or more from Date of Issuance (included in Exhibit 4.20.1)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 of the Corporation’s 2013 Form 10-K
4.25
Form of PNC Bank, National Association Global Bank Note for Fixed Rate Global Subordinated Bank Note issued on or after May 22, 2015 with Maturity of five years or more from Date of Issuance (included in Exhibit 4.20.2)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21.2 of the Corporation’s 2nd Quarter 2015 Form 10-Q
4.26
Form of PNC Bank, National Association Global Bank Note for Floating Rate Global Subordinated Bank Note issued after January 16, 2014 but before May 22, 2015 with Maturity of five years or more from Date of Issuance (included in Exhibit 4.20.1)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 of the Corporation’s 2013 Form 10-K
4.27
Form of PNC Bank, National Association Global Bank Note for Floating Rate Global Subordinated Bank Note issued on or after May 22, 2015 with Maturity of five years or more from Date of Issuance (included in Exhibit 4.20.2)
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.21.2 of the Corporation’s 2nd Quarter 2015 Form 10-Q
4.28
Exchange Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2007, by and among the Corporation, PNC Bank, National Association, and PNC Preferred Funding Trust II
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.16 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 30,
10.1.1
The Corporation’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Corporation’s 2008 Form 10-K*
10.1.2
Amendment 2009-1 to the Corporation’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as amended and restated as of January 1,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (2009 Form 10-K)*
10.1.3
Amendment 2013-1 to the Corporation’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as amended and restated as of January 1,
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.3 of the Corporation’s 2013 Form 10-K*
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K E-3
10.2.1
The Corporation’s ERISA Excess Pension Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Corporation’s 2008 Form 10-K*
10.2.2
Amendment 2009-1 to the Corporation’s ERISA Excess Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Corporation’s 2009 Form 10-K*
10.2.3
Amendment 2011-1 to the Corporation’s ERISA Excess Pension Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 (2011 Form 10-K)*
10.2.4
Amendment 2013-1 to the Corporation’s ERISA Excess Pension Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1,
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.4 of the Corporation’s 2013 Form 10-K*
10.3.1
The Corporation’s Key Executive Equity Program, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Corporation’s 2008 Form 10-K*
10.3.2
Amendment 2009-1 to the Corporation’s Key Executive Equity Program as amended and restated as of January 1,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Corporation’s 2009 Form 10-K*
10.4.1
The Corporation’s Supplemental Incentive Savings Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2010
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Corporation’s 2011 Form 10-K*
10.4.2
Amendment 2013-1 to the Corporation’s Supplemental Incentive Savings Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1,
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.2 of the Corporation’s 2013 Form 10-K*
10.5.1
The Corporation and Affiliates Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated May 5, 2009
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.62 to the Corporation’s 2nd Quarter 2009 Form 10-Q*
10.5.2
Amendment 2009-1 to the Corporation and Affiliates Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated May 5,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Corporation’s 2009 Form 10-K*
10.5.3
Amendment 2010-1 to the Corporation and Affiliates Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated May 5,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the Corporation’s 2010 Form 10-K*
10.5.4
Amendment 2011-1 to the Corporation and Affiliates Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated May 5,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Corporation’s 2011 Form 10-K*
10.5.5
Amendment 2012-1 to the Corporation and Affiliates Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated May 5,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (2012 Form 10-K)*
10.5.6
Amendment 2013-1 to the Corporation and Affiliates Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated May 5,
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.6 of the Corporation’s 2013 Form 10-K*
10.6.1
The Corporation and Affiliates Deferred Compensation and Incentive Plan, effective as of January 1, 2012
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 No. 333-177896 filed November 10, 2011*
10.6.2
Amendment 2013-1 to the Corporation and Affiliates Deferred Compensation and Incentive Plan, effective as of January 1,
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6.2 of the Corporation’s 2013 Form 10-K*
10.7.1
The Corporation’s 2006 Incentive Award Plan, as amended and restated effective as of March 11, 2011
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.70 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 1O-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 (1st Quarter 2011 Form 10-Q)*
10.7.2
Addendum to the Corporation’s 2006 Incentive Award Plan, effective as of January 26, 2012
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of the Corporation’s 2011 Form 10-K*
E-4 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
10.8
The Corporation’s 1997 Long-Term Incentive Award Plan, as amended and restated
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Corporation’s 2nd Quarter 2004 Form 10-Q*
10.9
The Corporation’s 1996 Executive Incentive Award Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 (2007 Form 10-K)*
10.10
The Corporation’s Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.32 of the Corporation’s 2011 Form 10-K*
10.11
The Corporation’s Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.52 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 (3rd Quarter 2014 10-Q)*
10.12
The Corporation’s Outside Directors Deferred Stock Unit Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.34 of the Corporation’s 2011 Form 10-K*
10.13
The Corporation’s Outside Directors Deferred Stock Unit Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.53 of the Corporation’s 3rd Quarter 2014 10-Q*
10.14
Amended and Restated Trust Agreement between PNC Investment Corp., as settlor, and Hershey Trust Company, as trustee
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.35 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005 (3rd Quarter 2005 Form 10-Q)*
10.15
Trust Agreement between PNC Investment Corp., as settlor, and PNC Bank, National Association, as trustee
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.34 of the Corporation’s 3rd Quarter 2005 Form 10-Q*
10.16
Certificate of Corporate Action for Grantor Trusts effective January 1, 2012
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.37 of the Corporation’s 2011 Form 10-K*
10.17
The Corporation’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2014
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Corporation’s 2013 Form 10-K
10.18
2006 forms of restricted deferral agreements
Incorporated herein by reference to the restricted deferral agreements portions of Exhibit 10.17 of the Corporation’s 2005 Form 10-K*
10.19
Forms of employee stock option agreements under 2006 Incentive Award Plan
Incorporated by reference to the employee stock option agreements portion of Exhibit 10.40 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006*
10.20
2006 forms of senior officer change in control severance agreements
Incorporated herein by reference to the senior officer change in control severance agreements portion of Exhibit 10.20 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 as filed on March 1, 2007 (2006 Form 10-K)*
10.21
2007 forms of employee stock option agreements
Incorporated herein by reference to the employee stock option agreements portion of Exhibit 10.21 of the Corporation’s 2006 Form 10-K*
10.22
2008 forms of employee stock option and restricted share unit agreements
Incorporated herein by reference to the employee stock option and restricted share units agreements portions of Exhibit 10.26 of the Corporation’s 2007 Form 10-K*
10.23
Form of employee stock option agreement with varied vesting schedule or circumstances
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.50 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 18, 2008*
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K E-5
10.24
Form of employee restricted stock agreement with varied vesting schedule or circumstances
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.51 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 18, 2008*
10.25
Form of employee stock option agreement with performance vesting schedule
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.54 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008*
10.26
2009 forms of employee stock option, restricted stock and restricted share unit agreements
Incorporated by reference to the employee stock option, restricted stock and restricted share unit agreements portions of Exhibit 10.61 to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009*
10.27
2010 forms of employee stock option, restricted stock, and restricted share unit agreements
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Corporation’s 2009 Form 10-K*
10.28
2011 forms of employee stock option, restricted stock, restricted share unit and performance unit agreements
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.71 of the Corporation’s 1st Quarter 2011 Form 10-Q*
10.29
2012 forms of employee stock option, restricted stock and restricted share unit agreements
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.77 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 (1st Quarter 2012 Form 10-Q)*
10.30
Forms of employee stock option, restricted stock and restricted share unit agreements with varied vesting, payment and other circumstances
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.78 of the Corporation’s 1st Quarter 2012 Form 10-Q*
10.31
Additional 2012 forms of employee performance unit, restricted stock and restricted share unit agreements
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.79 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012 (2nd Quarter 2012 Form 10-Q)*
10.32
2013 forms of employee stock option and restricted share unit agreements
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.64 of the Corporation’s 2012 Form 10-K*
10.33
Additional 2013 forms of employee stock option, performance unit, restricted stock and restricted share unit agreements
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.82 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013*
10.34
Additional 2013 forms of employee restricted share unit agreements
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.83 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013*
10.35
Additional 2013 and 2014 forms of employee restricted share unit and performance unit agreements
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 of the Corporation’s 2013 Form 10-K*
10.36
Additional 2014 Forms of Employee Performance Unit and Restricted Share Unit Agreements
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.50 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014*
10.37
Additional 2014 Forms of Employee Restricted Share Unit Agreements
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.51 of the Corporation’s 3rd Quarter 2014 10-Q*
10.38
2015 Forms of Performance Restricted Share Unit Award Agreements
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.50 of the Corporation’s 2nd Quarter 2015 Form 10-Q
10.39
2015 Forms of Incentive Performance Unit Award Agreements
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.51 of the Corporation’s 2nd Quarter 2015 Form 10-Q
10.40
2015 Forms of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreements
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.52 of the Corporation’s 2nd Quarter 2015 Form 10-Q
10.41
Form of time sharing agreements between the Corporation and certain executives
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Corporation’s 2008 Form 10-K*
E-6 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K
10.42
Form of Time-Sharing Agreement between the Corporation and certain executives
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 4, 2014*
10.43
Form of change of control employment agreements
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.72 of the Corporation’s 1st Quarter 2011 Form 10-Q*
10.44.1
The National City Corporation 2004 Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to National City Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006
10.44.2
Amendment to The National City Corporation 2004 Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1,
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.56 of the Corporation’s 2010 Form 10-K
10.45.1
Share Surrender Agreement, dated October 10, 2002, among Old BlackRock, PNC Asset Management, Inc., and the Corporation
Incorporated herein by reference to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of BlackRock Holdco 2, Inc. (Commission File No. 001-15305) (referred to herein as Old BlackRock) for the quarter ended September 30, 2002 (Old BlackRock 3rd Quarter 2002 Form 10-Q)
10.45.2
First Amendment, dated as of February 15, 2006, to the Share Surrender Agreement among Old BlackRock, PNC Bancorp, Inc. and the Corporation
Incorporated herein by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Old BlackRock (Commission File No. 001-15305) filed February 22, 2006 (Old BlackRock February 22, 2006 Form 8-K)
10.45.3
Second Amendment to Share Surrender Agreement made and entered into as of June 11, 2007 by and between the Corporation, BlackRock, Inc., and PNC Bancorp, Inc.
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.50 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 14,
10.45.4
Third Amendment to Share Surrender Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2009, between the Corporation and BlackRock, Inc.
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of BlackRock, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 27,
10.45.5
Fourth Amendment to Share Surrender Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012, among BlackRock, Inc., the Corporation and PNC Bancorp, Inc.
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of BlackRock, Inc.’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
10.46.1
Amended and Restated Implementation and Stockholder Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2009, between the Corporation and BlackRock, Inc.
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of BlackRock, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 27,
10.46.2
Amendment No. 1, dated as of June 11, 2009, to the Amended and Restated Implementation and Stockholder Agreement between the Corporation and BlackRock, Inc.
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of BlackRock, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 17,
10.47
Exchange Agreement dated as of May 21, 2012 by and among PNC Bancorp, Inc., the Corporation and BlackRock, Inc.
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of BlackRock, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 23,
10.48.1
Distribution Agreement, dated January 16, 2014, between PNC Bank, National Association and the Dealers named therein, relating to the $25 billion Global Bank Note Program for the Issue of Senior and Subordinated Bank Notes
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014
10.48.2
Amendment No. 1 to Distribution Agreement, dated May 22, 2015, between PNC Bank, National Association and the Dealers named therein, relating to the $30 billion Global Bank Note Program for the Issue of Senior and Subordinated Bank Notes
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.47.2 of the Corporation’s 2nd Quarter 2015 Form 10-Q
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K E-7
10.49
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2010, by and between the Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 3,
12.1
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
Filed herewith
12.2
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends
Filed herewith
Schedule of Certain Subsidiaries of the Corporation
Filed herewith
23.1
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Corporation’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Filed herewith
23.2
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm of BlackRock, Inc.
Filed herewith
Powers of Attorney
Filed herewith
31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Filed herewith
31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Filed herewith
32.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
Filed herewith
32.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
Filed herewith
99.1
Audited consolidated financial statements of BlackRock, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for each of the three years ended December 31, 2015
Filed herewith
99.2
Consent order between The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 14, 2011
Interactive Data File (XBRL)
Filed herewith
+ Incorporated document references to filings by the Corporation are to SEC File No. 001-09718, to filings by National City Corporation are to SEC File No. 001-10074, to filings by BlackRock through its second quarter 2006 Form 10-Q (referred to herein as Old BlackRock) are to BlackRock Holdco 2, Inc. SEC File No. 001-15305, and to filings by BlackRock, Inc. are to SEC File No. 001-33099.
* Denotes management contract or compensatory plan.
You can obtain copies of these Exhibits electronically at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. The Exhibits are also available as part of this Form 10-K on PNC’s corporate website at www.pnc.com/secfilings. Shareholders and bondholders may also obtain copies of Exhibits without charge by contacting Shareholder Relations at (800) 843-2206 or via e-mail at investor.relations@pnc.com. The Interactive Data File (XBRL) exhibit is only available electronically.
E-8 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. - Form 10-K

---

Stock Performance Metrics:
Return: -0.03167802467942238
1-Day Return: $1_day_return
3-Day Return: $3_day_return
5-Day Return: $5_day_return
10-Day Return: $10_day_return
20-Day Return: $20_day_return
40-Day Return: $40_day_return
60-Day Return: $60_day_return
80-Day Return: $80_day_return
100-Day Return: $100_day_return
150-Day Return: $150_day_return
252-Day Return: $252_day_return